WHERE power LIVES COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Table of Contents

Document Sample
WHERE power LIVES COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Table of Contents Powered By Docstoc
					                                                                                                                                                         WHERE power LIVES




                                                                              COURSE DESCRIPTIONS




                                                                                     Table of Contents
Administration of Justice . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110                   Engineering Graphics Tech.                                               Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Agriculture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107          Pre-Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127              Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Allied Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108           English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126     Personal Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111   Environmental Tech. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128               Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Auto Collision Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106                 Fire Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131      Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Auto Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112             Foreign Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128             Physical Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Behavioral Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119               Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133    Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
Biological Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118             History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135   Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Business Administration, Accounting,                                       Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135    Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
  Marketing & Management . . . . . . . . . . . .113                        Hospitality Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133                  Realtime Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
Business Systems Technology . . . . . . . . . . .115                       Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135        Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122         Independent Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141             Sheet Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Computer Information Tech. . . . . . . . . . . .135                        Leadership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143        Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Cooperative Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123                   Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143      Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
Dance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124     Manuf. and Composite                                                     Speech Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Early Childhood Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .121                       Engineering Tech. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141             Surveying Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125         Mass Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145                   Theatre Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
Education/Paraprofessional . . . . . . . . . . . .125                      Massage Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147             Voice reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128         Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144         Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
                                                                           Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148



                                                                                                                                                                      2009 - 2010 CATALOG 105
         WHERE power LIVES
   COURSE DESCRIPTIONS                                    AB 126. Painting and Refinishing: Preparation          AB 244. Structural Analysis and Damage Repair
                                                       and Safety Precautions. 3 hours credit.              III. 3 hours credit. Prerequisites: AB 234 with a
        (AB) AUTO                                      Prerequisites: AB 101 with a C or better. This       C or better. This course will enable the
     COLLISION REPAIR                                  course will enable the student to apply              student to diagnose frame and unibody
   AB 101. Introduction to Collision Repair. 2 hours   techniques and methods of preparing the auto         damage, measure and repair various domestic
credit. Prerequisite: A score at a pre-                body surface for painting. The student will          and foreign manufacturers’ automobiles using
determined level in reading, writing, and              learn different methods of preparing a surface       personal and environmental safety practices
math on a placement instrument. This course            for painting to include chemical, mechanical         at an advanced level. The student will
will enable the student to practice basic skills       and physical means. The student will apply           participate in glass replacement and welding
used in collision repair. The student will be          safety practices throughout the training.            applications as needed.
introduced to the collision repair field
including safety issues, which will serve as a            AB 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate          AB 246. Painting and Refinishing: Spray Gun
foundation for all subsequent areas of                 education with on-the-job experience. See            Operations II. 3 hours credit. Prerequisites: AB
collision repair studies.                              Internships section of this catalog for a            126 and AB 236 with a C or better. This course
                                                       complete description of these courses.               will enable the student to build skills in
   AB 103. Auto Body Welding Principles and                                                                 techniques and methods of painting the auto
Techniques. 4 hours credit. Prerequisite: AB              AB 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative            body. The student will experience matching of
101 with a C or better. This course will enable                                                             colors of different types of paint, and the
                                                       Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education
the student to gain knowledge of basic skills          with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative          operations of a variety of spray guns used in the
in auto body welding. The student will learn           Education section of this catalog for a              auto body industry while using safety practices.
about safety, protective clothing, tools, and          complete description of these courses.
equipment procedures and techniques of
                                                                                                               AB 247. Painting and Refinishing: Problem
Metal Arc Gas (MIG) welding.
                                                          AB 232. Non-Structural Analysis and Damage        Solving. 3 hours credit. Prerequisites: AB 246
                                                       Repair III. 3 hours credit. Prerequisites: AB 122    with a C or better or instructor’s consent. This
   AB 112 Non-Structural Analysis and Damage
                                                       with a C or better. This course will enable the      course will enable the student to work with
Repair I. 3 hours credit. Prerequisites: AB 101
and AB 103 with a C or better. This course will        student to analyze whether to replace non-           repainting and refinishing techniques and
enable the student to analyze auto body                stationary glass and repair and/or replace           methods of correcting problems encountered
damage, prepare auto for damage repair, and            welded and non-structural components while           during the painting process. The student will
to perform the needed repair, replacement or           applying safety practices.                           study the causes and cures of finish defects
adjustment of non-structural panels.                                                                        and learn procedures to correct them.
                                                            AB 234. Structural Analysis and Damage Repair
   AB 115. Plastic and Adhesives I. 2 hours credit.    II - Unibody. 3 hours credit. Prerequisites: AB         AB 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit
Prerequisite: AB 101 with a C or better. This          124 with a C or better. This course will enable      each. Prerequisite: Approval of division dean
course will enable the student to repair auto          the student to diagnose damage, measure and          and instructor. Topics of specific interest to
bodies using plastics and adhesives. This              repair structured components, using welding          the student will be developed. These topics
course will also enable the student to perform         applications as needed. The student will learn       will be established by student needs or
safely mix and handle chemicals. The student           to replace fixed glass as well as straighten and     requirements. Areas of specific needs will be
will repair plastic parts with a variety of heat       align structural components to                       pursued and instructional material that lends
source chemicals.                                      manufacturer’s specifications while using            itself to current trends or topics that are
                                                       safety practices.                                    needed to supplement normal classroom
   AB 122. Non-Structural Analysis and Damage                                                               instruction will be offered.
Repair II. 2 hours credit. Prerequisites: AB 112          AB 236. Painting and Refinishing: Spray Gun
with a C or better. This course will enable the
                                                       Operations I. 3 hours credit. Prerequisites: AB         AB 294 and 295. Directed Independent Study in
student to apply conventional techniques for           101 and AB 126 with a C or better. This course       Auto Collision Repair. 3 hours credit each.
unitized body construction. The student will           will enable the student to select the correct        Prerequisite: 2.0 GPA minimum and approval
repair auto panels to the manufacturer’s               paint to be applied to the repaired area of the      of division dean and instructor. This course is
specifications while using safety practices            auto body. The student will learn types of           an extension of the Auto Collision curriculum
                                                       paint and the operations of a variety of spray       and provides a structured learning experience
   AB 124. Structural Analysis and Damage Repair I
                                                       guns used the auto body industry. The student        to broaden the student’s comprehension of
Frames. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: AB 101
and AB 103 with a C or better. This course will        will learn basic operations of spray booth           principles and competencies associated with
enable the student to inspect and measure              systems, while using safety practices.               the Auto Collision program. Topics of specific
frame damage while following safety                                                                         interest to the student, augmenting and Auto
practices. The student will use welding                   AB 242 Non-Structural Analysis and Damage         Collision curriculum are developed with
applications as needed and will straighten in a        Repair IV. 1.5 hours credit. Prerequisites: AB       objectives based on individual student needs
line to meet manufacturing specifications.             232 with a C or better. This course will enable      and/or requirements to apply learned skills to
                                                       the student to analyze whether to replace non-       out of class activities or a work-related
   AB 125. Plastic and Adhesives II. 2 hours           stationary glass and repair and/or replace           environment.
credit. Prerequisite: AB 101 and AB 115 with a         welded and non-structural components at an
C or better. This course will enable the               advanced level while applying safety practices.
student to repair flexible and rigid plastic
parts. Safety during mixing and handling of
chemical will be emphasized.



 106 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                             WHERE power LIVES
       (AG) AGRICULTURE                                AG 134. Livestock Selection II. 3 hours credit.      AG 212. Meat Science Fundamentals. 2 hours
                                                    Prerequisite: AG 133. The course will give the       credit. This class is designed to give the
   AG 102. Principles of Animal Science. 3 hours
credit. This course will enable the student to      student an increased understanding of the            student an outline, in detail, of the meat
understand basic principles in the areas of         evaluation of livestock including visual             industry from the basic concepts of how tissue
animal agriculture to include types, purposes,      appraisal, grading, classification, market           structures develop into a carcass, to the final
and products of livestock, breeding, nutrition,     types, breeding and selection of livestock. The      marketing channels of retail meat cuts. This
growth, lactation, reproduction, selection,         student will gain additional knowledge in the        class will also include the influence society
management and marketing.                           areas of performance record keeping, EPD’s           can place on this cycle.
                                                    and livestock mating decision.
   AG 107. Microcomputers in Agriculture. 3 hours                                                           AG 215. Financial Management Agriculture. 3
credit. This course introduces students to the         AG 136. Livestock Judging Lab I. 2 hours          hours credit. This course will enable the
various uses of microcomputers in agriculture       credit. This course is to be taken in                student to apply financial management
and ag-related areas. Emphasis is placed on         conjunction with AG 133 by those students            principles and practices to the field of
application of microcomputer technology to          desiring in-depth experience in livestock            agriculture.
agriculture business planning, record               judging. The major emphasis of the course is
keeping, problem solving and general                on livestock judging including the                      AG 216. Livestock Health and Disease. 3 hours
management decisions. Basic computer                presentation and evaluation of oral reasons. A       credit. This course will enable the student to
functions, hardware components and                  major portion of class time is spent evaluating      apply basic principles of livestock health and
selection, and software selection are included.     and placing live classes of livestock in the         disease to farm and ranch livestock
                                                    field. Collegiate competition is included.           enterprises, focusing on anatomy and
                                                                                                         physiology, immunity, and equipment used
   AG 108. Feeder Livestock Production
                                                       AG 137. Livestock Judging Lab II. 2 hours         for treatment and prevention. The student
Management. 3 hours credit. This course will
enable the student to understand the                credit. Prerequisite: AG 136. The student will       will also learn about career opportunities in
principles related to effectively managing          gain in-depth experience in livestock judging.       the animal health field.
feeder livestock.                                   The major emphasis of this course is on
                                                    livestock appraisal including the presentation          AG 217. Marketing Agricultural Products. 3
                                                    and evaluation of oral reasons. A major              hours credit. This course will enable the
   AG 109. Breeding Livestock Production
                                                    portion of class time is spent evaluating and        student to apply the basic principles of
Management. 3 hours credit. This course will
enable the student to develop production            placing live classes of livestock in the field.      marketing agricultural products to farm and
techniques relating to breeding livestock.          Collegiate competition is included.                  ranch management. The student will be
Reproduction, nutrition, selection, handling,                                                            introduced to the technology, pricing, and
housing, and husbandry practices are                   AG 142. Crop and Soil Management. 3 hours         supply and demand of agricultural marketing.
included.                                           credit. This course will enable the student to       The student will analyze marketing
                                                    apply the basic principles of crop and soil          opportunities and marketing procedures
                                                    management to crop production, including             based on enterprise needs of the individual
   AG 111. Agriculture in our Society. 2 hours
credit. This course will give the student a         planting to harvest management, soil fertility,      producer.
broad understanding of the history, trends          plant pest control, soil conservation, and
and opportunities in agriculture, and career        economic decision making. The student will              AG 218. Principles of Futures Markets. 3 hours
areas in agriculture are presented. Resource        explore career opportunities in crop and soil        credit. This course will enable the student to
people will discuss their occupations in            management.                                          apply basic principles of futures markets to
agriculture and how they serve the agricultural                                                          farm and ranch management. The student will
community.                                             AG 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate       learn principles of futures markets, types of
                                                    education with on-the-job experience. See            market transactions, terminology, and market
                                                    Internships section of this catalog for a            analysis. The student will simulate real
   AG 120. Agriculture Economics. 3 hours credit.
This course will enable the student to apply        complete description of these courses.               transactions in the market to gain practical
economic principles to the field of                                                                      experience.
agriculture.                                           AG 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative
                                                    Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education       AG 219. Swine Management. 3 hours credit.
                                                    with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative          This course will enable the student to
   AG 133. Livestock Selection I. 3 hours credit.
The course will give the student an                 Education section of this catalog for a              understand the basic principles of swine
understanding of the evaluation of livestock        complete description of these courses.               management including nutrition, breeding,
including visual appraisal, grading,                                                                     reproduction, and marketing for profitable
classification, market types, breeding and             AG 211. Fundamentals of Livestock Nutrition. 3    pork production. Included is housing, waste
selection of livestock.                             hours credit. This course will enable the            management and swine health will. The
                                                    student to apply the principles of animal            student will also explore career opportunities
                                                    nutrition in livestock feeding. The student          in swine management.
                                                    will learn about nutritive value of feeds,
                                                    metabolic processes, and basic ration
                                                    formulation, as well as the industry’s latest
                                                    technology.




                                                                                                                      2009 - 2010 CATALOG 107
        WHERE power LIVES
   AG 220. Crop Science. 4 hours credit. This        AG 245. Horse Science. 3 hours credit. A              (AH) ALLIED HEALTH
course will enable the student to understand      study of the phases of horse production
                                                                                                        AH 110. Emergency Medical Technician-Basic. 9
the basic principles of crop production           including types and breeds of horses,              hours credit. Prerequisite: 17 years of age,
including plant structure, properties, pests,     selection, breeding, nutrition, health,            becoming current on immunizations and
and diseases, soil properties and management      facilities and related management practices.       concurrent enrollment in AH 212. This course
practices of common field crops. The student                                                         will enable the student to provide assessment
will also recognize career opportunities in          AG 246. Special Topics. 3 hours credit each.    and pre-hospital emergency care to patients
crop science.                                     Prerequisite: Approval of division dean and        experiencing trauma or medical emergencies
                                                  instructor. Topics of specific interest to the     utilizing guidelines from the National
   AG 221. Beef Management. 3 hours credit.       student will be developed. These topics will be    Standard Curriculum and the Kansas
This course will enable student to apply          established by student needs or                    Authorized Activities for the EMT. The
principles of breeding and reproduction,          requirements. Areas of specific needs will be      student will receive training in areas such as
raising, feeding (nutrition), finishing and       pursued and instructional material that lends      Kansas Enrichments for EMT-B, Multi-
merchandising desirable beef cattle for           itself to current trends or topics that are        Casualty Incident (MCI), Extrication,
market consumption. The student will explore      needed to supplement normal classroom              Hazardous Materials, Basic Fire Fighting,
career opportunities in beef production and       instruction will be offered.                       Weather Spotting, Weapons of Mass
related agri-business, cattle management                                                             Destruction, and Pediatric Education for the
including nutrition, breeding, reproduction          AG 275. Livestock Concepts and Practices. 3     Prehospital Professional (PEPP), are
and merchandising.                                hours credit. This course will enable the          included. A practicum experience in a
                                                  student to apply basic principles of livestock     hospital and EMS setting is required.
   AG 230. Range Management. 3 hours credit.      concepts and practices to farm and ranch
This course will enable the student to manage     management focusing on advanced livestock             AH 113. Activity Director. 3 hours credit. This
pastures and rangeland on farms and ranches.      management practices in handling,                  course will enable the student to analyze the
The student will learn ecological principles of   reproduction, breeding, nutrition, herd            needs of aging individuals including
conservation and utilization of grasslands,       health and the collection of accurate records.     communicating effectively and understanding
grazing capacity, survey methods, range plant                                                        the holistic needs of this population. This
identification, and other management                 AG 285. Livestock Business Management. 3        course will also enable the student to work in
practices. Students will be made aware of         hours credit. This course will enable the          long term care as an activity director.
career opportunities in range management          student to analyze marketing opportunities,
and natural resources conservation services.      retain ownership through finishing livestock          AH 115. Social Service Designee Certification. 3
                                                  to compositional endpoints, feed animals in        hours credit. This course meets the
   AG 236. Livestock Judging Lab III. 2 hours     performance trials, and develop females for        requirements for social service designee, as
credit. Prerequisite: AG 137. The student will    entry into the breeding herd. The student          approved by the Kansas Department of Health
gain in-depth experience in livestock judging.    reviews financial implications involved in         and Environment. The student will learn to
The major emphasis of this course is on           raising livestock, develops facilities and waste   develop and implement a social service plan
livestock appraisal including the presentation    handling systems, and manages purchases            for residents in adult care facilities under the
and evaluation of oral reasons. A major           and sales.                                         direction of a licensed social worker.
portion of class time is spent evaluating and
placing live classes of livestock in the field.      AG 294 and 295. Directed Independent Study in      AH 116. Activity Director/Social Service
Collegiate competition is included.               Agriculture. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: 2.0     Designee. 4 hours credit. This course will
                                                  minimum GPA and approval of division dean          enable the student to analyze the needs of
   AG 237. Livestock Judging Lab IV. 2 hours      and instructor. This course is an extension of     aging individuals including communicating
credit. Prerequisite: AG 236. The student will    the Agriculture curriculum and provides a          effectively and understanding the holistic
gain in-depth experience in livestock judging.    structured learning experience to broaden the      needs of this population. This course will also
The major emphasis of this course is on           students’ comprehension of principles and          enable the student to work in long term care
livestock appraisal including the presentation    competencies associated with the Agriculture       as an activity director or social service
and evaluation of oral reasons. A major           program. Topics of specific interest to the        designee.
portion of class time is spent evaluating and     student, augmenting the agriculture
placing live classes of livestock in the field.   curriculum are developed with objectives
                                                                                                        AH 117 Home Health Aide. 2 hours credit.
Collegiate competition is included.               based on individual student needs and/or           Prerequisite: AH 122 with a C or better.
                                                  requirements to apply learned skills to out-       Certified Nurse Aide for Kansas Nursing
   AG 240. Livestock Rations. 3 hours credit.     of-class activities or a work-related              Homes. This course will enable the student to
This course will enable the student to apply      environment.                                       gain in the necessary knowledge, skills, and
the principles of livestock rations in feeding                                                       abilities to give basic nursing care in the
livestock. The course includes information on                                                        home, under the supervision of a registered
the formulation and calculation of livestock                                                         nurse. After completion, the student is
rations based on the requirements of the                                                             eligible to take the Kansas Home Health Aide
different livestock species and feeding                                                              State exam.
livestock.




 108 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                              WHERE power LIVES
   AH 120. Medication Aide. 5 hours credit.             AH 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative            Supplement. The student will learn advanced
Prerequisite: AH 122 with a C or better, or          Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education    procedures in airway management anatomy
Certified Nurse Aide for Kansas Nursing              with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative          and physiology and management of the
Homes. This course will enable the student to        Education section of this catalog for a              compromised airway in the Advanced Life
administer oral and topical medications in a         complete description of these courses.               Support (ALS) arena, intravenous therapy
safe and accurate manner in an adult care                                                                 skills, blood draw skills to assist in the
home. At completion of the course, the                   AH 201. Health Professions Medical Terminology   understanding of blood anatomy and the acid
student is eligible to take the Kansas Nursing       I. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: A score at a        base balance in blood, and medication review
Home Medication Aide test which is required          pre-determined level on a reading placement          as authorized by the Kansas Board of
for work as a Certified Medication Aide.             instrument or EG 060 with a C or better. This        Emergency Medical Technicians for the EMT-
                                                     course will enable the student involved with         I. Clinical experience in a hospital and Field
   AH 122 Nurse Aide. 5 hours credit. This           the health care professions to construct,            Internship in the EMS setting are required.
course will enable the student to learn basic        deconstruct, define, spell and pronounce
nursing skills and concepts of aging through         medical terms from prefixes, suffixes, word              AH 212. Emergency Medical Technician-Skills
classroom and clinical experience. The               roots and combining forms utilizing various          Evaluation. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: 17
course follows guidelines of the Kansas              methods of research. The student will acquire        years of age, becoming current on
Department of Health and Environment                 tools needed for building a medical                  immunizations and concurrent enrollment in
(KDHE), and prepares the student to take the         vocabulary within the context of the structure       AH 110. This course will enable the student to
Kansas Certified Nurse Aide examination and          and function of the body systems.                    provide assessment and pre-hospital
work in Kansas Nursing Homes.                                                                             emergency care to patients experiencing
                                                        AH 202. Health Professions Medical                trauma or medical emergencies utilizing
   AH 123. Medication Aide Update. 1 hour credit.    Terminology II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite: AH      guidelines from the National Standard
Prerequisites: Certified Nurse Aide and              201 with a C or better or instructor approval.       Curriculum and the Kansas Authorized
Certified Medication Aide in Kansas.                 This course will enable the student involved         Activities for the EMT. The student will
Certified Medication Aide Update: This course        with health care professions to construct,           practice and be evaluated on the skills
will enable the student to update the CMA            deconstruct, define, spell and pronounce             required for the assessment and management
certificate through Kansas Department of             medical terms from prefixes, suffixes, word          of traumatic and medical emergencies.
Health and Environment (KDHE).                       roots and combining forms utilizing various          Kansas Enrichments for EMT-B, Multi-
                                                     methods of research. The student will acquire        Casualty Incident (MCI), Extrication,
   AH 124. Restorative Aide. 2 hours credit.         tools needed for building a medical                  Hazardous Materials, Basic Fire Fighting,
Prerequisite: Certified Nurse Aide in Kansas.        vocabulary within the context of oncology,           Weather Spotting, Weapons of Mass
This course will enable the student to perform       radiology, pharmacology, psychiatry, and the         Destruction, and Pediatric Education for the
rehabilitative and restorative procedures in         structure and function of the associated body        Prehospital Professional (PEPP), are
adult care homes under the supervision of a          systems.                                             included. The students will be evaluated in the
registered physical therapist.                                                                            field and clinical setting. This course can be
                                                        AH 205. Medical Records for Long Term Care. 3     taken for continuing education hours for the
   AH 126. Nurse Assistant Success Skills. 3 hours   hours credit. This course provides the student       EMT.
credit. Prerequisite: AH 122 with a C or better      with the knowledge and skills needed to
or current Kansas Nurse Assistant Certificate.       organize a medical records department under             AH 214. Emergency Medical Technician -
This course will enable the student to develop       the supervision of an Accredited Medical             Standard Defibrillation (EMT-D). 4 hours credit.
skills for success as a collaborative member of      Records Professional in a long-term care             Prerequisites: AH 110 and AH 212 with a C or
the health care team in a variety of settings.       setting, including terminology and                   better. The applicant must be an Emergency
The student will study a practice of customer        documentation requirements, confidentiality,         Medical Technician in good standing with the
service, team work, time management, and             legal aspects, and rules and regulations of the      State of Kansas Board of Emergency Medical
problem solving skills related to the certified      Kansas Department of Health and                      Services. EMT-D is an advanced class for the
nurse assistant scope of practice. The student       Environment.                                         EMT, providing the student with knowledge
will develop a professional resume and                                                                    and skills to perform standard defibrillation
portfolio appropriate for CNA interview                 AH 210. Emergency Medical Technician-             on the patient with a life threatening
process.                                             Intermediate: 6 hours credit. Prerequisite: AH       arrhythmia. The student will learn basic
                                                     110 or AH 212 with a C or better. The student        cardiology, arrhythmia recognition and use of
   AH 130. Basic Life Support for Health Care        must be 17 years of age, be current on               a cardiac monitor.
Professionals. 0.5 hour credit. This course will     immunizations, pass a background check and
enable the student to recognize the need and         have (or be waiting on) current Kansas                  AH 220. ECG Interpretation with Clinical
to perform basic cardiac life support to             Emergency Medical Technician Basic (EMT-             Application. 2 hours credit. Prerequisites:
persons in respiratory or cardiac arrest,            B) Certification with or without National            Instructor approval. A systematic approach to
according to the guidelines of the American          Registry Certification. This course will enable      interpretation of electrocardiogram rhythms
Heart Association.                                   the student to provide assessment and pre-           including patient presentation, nursing care
                                                     hospital emergency care to patients                  and pharmacotherapy. Rhythms covered
   AH 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate       experiencing trauma or medical emergencies           include sinus, a trial, junctional and
education with on-the-job experience. See            utilizing guidelines from the 1985 National          ventricular. Atrioventricular blocks, bundle
Internships section of this catalog for a            Standard Curriculum and the Kansas                   branch blocks and pacemaker therapy are also
complete description of these courses.               Authorized Activities for the Emergency              covered.
                                                     Medical Technician Intermediate (EMT-I)


                                                                                                                       2009 - 2010 CATALOG 109
         WHERE power LIVES
    AH 225. Operator Training for Assisted Living. 2      AJ 103. Agency Administration. 3 hours credit.         AJ 117. Criminal Behavior. 3 hours credit. This
hours credit. This course will prepare the             This course will enable the student to                 course will enable the student to understand
student to be an operator of assisted living           understand the management and control of               the biological, psychiatric, psychological and
facilities, residential health care facilities,        the criminal justice system, including law             social/environmental explanations of
home plus and adult day care facilities. After         enforcement, corrections, and the court                criminal and deviant behavior. Topics include
successful completion of the course, the               system. The student will also become familiar          an examination of relevant perspectives,
student is eligible to take the state exam             with the challenges facing justice                     theories and research methods. This course
approved by Kansas Department of Health and            administration. This course is designed for            will examine socbiological, psychological,
Environment on the principles of assisted              persons employed or interested in                      psychoanalytical and social-psychological
living.                                                supervisory positions in police or correctional        theories of behavior. Psychological
                                                       departments or divisions.                              explanations of specific behavior such as
   AH 230. Basis for Spiritual Care. 1 hour credit.                                                           aggression and violence, homicide and
This course will enable the student to explore            AJ 104. Law Enforcement Operations and              assault, sexual offences, drug use, property
the basis for the role of spirituality in health       Procedures. 3 hours credit. This course will           offences, and public disorder offences may
care. The student will learn how spirituality          enable the student to reflect upon a range of          also addressed. Included in this explanation
effected health care throughout history. The           contemporary developments in policing, with            are cross-cultural perspectives regarding the
student will a look at spirituality across             an emphasis on patrolling. The student will            issues involved in criminal behavior.
various cultures and consider the effects of           examine the nature and role of police
myth, religion, and gender in spiritual                planning processes. The student will discuss              AJ 118. Gang Investigation. 3 hours credit.
decision making.                                       key concepts and apply them to policing                This course will enable the student to examine
                                                       scenarios. In addition, the student will               the origins, structures, operations, and
   AH 231. Growth and Development of Spirituality.     identify, discuss and assess critical dilemmas         problems associated with urban street gangs.
1 hour credit. This course will explore the role       in police practices and processes. The student         The student will also explore law enforcement
of spirituality in health care. Included will be       will evaluate future policing strategies               counter measures and the investigation of
discussion of spirituality in various                  including deployment of arrest procedures,             gang-related crimes.
developmental stages and the development of            crime scene techniques and other basic police
one’s spirituality. Components of spiritual            tactics.                                                   AJ 122. Concepts of Terrorism. 3 hours credit.
growth and enhancement will be explored.                                                                      This course will enable the student to
                                                          AJ 109. Introduction to Corrections. 3 hours        articulate the history, nature, characteristics
   AH 232. Spiritual & Ethical Care During Illness.    credit. This course will enable the student to         and responses to terrorism. The student will
1 hour credit. This course will enable the             understand the correctional field as a                 study concepts of terror and terrorism,
student to explore the role of spirituality            function of the administration of justice. The         historical aspects, the role of the media,
within ethical frameworks. The student will            student will explore historical and                    terrorist groups and their ideologies, methods
review spiritual assessment tools and select           contemporary trends within the various                 of terror, and counter responses to terrorism.
the tool for use in his/her practice setting.          agencies involved with corrections work.
The student will discuss the spiritual needs of                                                                  AJ 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate
the individual experiencing illness and death.            AJ 114. Introduction to Security. 3 hours credit.   education with on-the-job experience. See
                                                       This course will enable the student to examine         Internships section of this catalog for a
   AH 233. Spiritual Care in Grief and Loss. 1 hour    the history, nature and scope of private               complete description of these courses.
credit. This course will enable the student to         security in modern society. The student will
explore the spiritual care of the individual           also explore the basic principles of physical             AJ 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative
experiencing a loss of a significant nature.           security, internal loss prevention, defensive          Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education
The student will discuss the individual’s              systems, force prevention and safety, and the          with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative
response to mass casualty loss.                        security function in the corporate structure.          Education section of this catalog for a
                                                       The student will be exposed to operations and          complete description of these courses.
     (AJ) ADMINISTRATION                               career opportunities exemplified in such
                                                       specific areas as retail, hospital, cargo and             AJ 202. Law Enforcement in the Community. 3
           OF JUSTICE                                  computer security, and contract and                    hours credit. This course will enable the
       POLICE SCIENCE                                  proprietary security services.                         student to understand the challenges of
   AJ 102. Introduction to Administration of                                                                  developing and maintaining meaningful
Justice. 3 hours credit. This course will enable          AJ 116. Juvenile Delinquency and Justice. 3         police/community relationships. Topics of
the student to understand the history, nature          hours credit. This course will enable the              discussion include public/community
and function of the criminal justice system in         student to understand the complex                      relations, community policing, crime
America. The student will study the various            phenomena of juvenile delinquency and                  prevention programs, police/media relations,
processing stages, practices, and personnel of         adolescent criminal behavior. The student              and special issues associated with juveniles,
law enforcement, courts and corrections and            will focus on the origins, approaches and              the elderly and cultural diversity.
their relationship to the individual and               theories of juvenile delinquency, the juvenile
society.                                               justice system, including police and courts,
                                                       the juvenile correctional system, and societal
                                                       response to the delinquency problem.




 110 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                               WHERE power LIVES
   AJ 204. Criminal Law. 3 hours credit. This           AJ 216. Criminal Justice Ethics. 3 hours credit.      AR 121. Two-Dimensional Design. 3 hours
course will enable the student to engage in an       This course will enable the student to examine        credit. This course will enable the student to
intensive study of the laws which legal officers     criminal justice issues from a professional           apply the elements, principles and vocabulary
must uphold. Laws are categorized into major         code of ethics perspective. The student will          of design to two-dimensional studio arts and
areas such as crimes against person, against         explore related contemporary ethical issues           graphic design. Emphasis is placed on the
property, and against society. The student will      and develop a foundation for analyzing ethical        tools and techniques of the graphic designer..
explore each of these areas by studying specific     dilemmas and their impact on the criminal
crimes under each type, describing what              justice system and the public.                           AR 122. Fundamentals of 3-D Design. 3 hours
constitutes a violation and showing the                                                                    credit. Prerequisite: AR 121 or instructor
evidence the law agency needs to support a              AJ 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.        approval. This course will enable the student
charge in court. The student will also learn         Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.        to use vocabulary, basic concepts, materials
about the rights of citizens as interpreted by       Topics of specific interest to the student will       and techniques, and the elements and
courts. In addition students will hear invited       be developed. These topics will be established        principles of design as applied to three-
speakers from the county attorney’s office,          by the student’s needs or requirements. Areas         dimensional (3-D) art. The student will
attorneys from the bar association, officers         of specific needs will be pursued and                 examine these concepts through 3-D art forms
from KBI, FBI, and local law agencies.               instructional material that lends itself to           such as sculpture, architecture, metalwork,
                                                     current trends or topics needed to                    glass design, ceramics, fiber work, and/or
   AJ 211. Criminal Investigation. 3 hours credit.   supplement normal classroom instruction               product design.
Prerequisite: AJ 102 with a C or better or           will be offered.
instructor approval. This course will enable the                                                              AR 141. Drawing and Composition I. 3 hours
student to understand the fundamentals of the
criminal investigation process. The student
                                                                      (AR) ART                             credit. This is a foundation course
                                                                                                           emphasizing the basic elements in drawing.
will explore investigative techniques in crime          AR 100. Art Appreciation. 3 hours credit. The
                                                     purpose of this course is to acquaint the             Students will explore the various tools and
detection, collection and use of evidence and                                                              techniques associated with the drawing
information, criminal apprehension and               student with the many aspects of the visual
                                                     arts. The student will be guided in developing        medium. Students pursuing a major in art
prosecution and investigation of specific                                                                  should enroll in AR 141 their first semester.
crimes.                                              a personal set of standards for judging art and
                                                     understanding the various aspects of art in
                                                     our lives; the language of art; exploration of           AR 142. Drawing and Composition II. 3 hours
   AJ 212. Criminology. 3 hours credit. This
                                                     the various technical and formal aspects of art       credit. Prerequisite: AR 141 with a C or better.
course will enable the student to develop an
                                                     media (e.g. painting, printmaking,                    Drawing II is an advanced course in drawing.
understanding of the science of crime. The
                                                     photography, sculpture, architecture, etc.);          Students will explore the various tools and
student will examine the roles of social,
                                                     and the history of art from ancient times to          techniques associated with the drawing
cultural, economic, political, psychological,
                                                     the present.                                          medium.
chemical, biological, and ideological factors in
causing criminal behavior. The student will
explore the major theoretical perspectives in           AR 110. Fundamentals of Art. 3 hours credit. A        AR 143. Printmaking I. 3 hours credit. A
the field, as well as the critiques and uses of      course for the beginning student which                general introduction to printmaking with an
these perspectives in the prevention and             emphasizes a general background in art and            emphasis on the intaglio process. Other areas
response to crime.                                   affords an opportunity to explore the                 within the realm of printmaking will be
                                                     processes of drawing, painting, designing and         discussed.
   AJ 213. Criminal Law and Evidence. 3 hours        creating through other media and basic
credit. This course will enable the student to       techniques. Art history will also be integrated          AR 144. Printmaking II. 3 hours credit.
explore criminal law focusing on the rules and       with each project. Direction in creative              Prerequisite: AR 143 with a C or better. An
use of evidence in criminal proceedings. The         experiences will be given for the elementary          advanced study in printmaking.
student will focus on federal and state rules of     teacher.
evidence, various types of evidence, legal issues                                                             AR 161. Ceramics I. 3 hours credit . This
essential to the collection and seizure of              AR 118 Jewelry Design I. 3 hours credit. This      course will enable the student to learn basic
admissible evidence, and legal interrogation.        course will enable the student to apply the           processes and construction techniques
                                                     basic elements of design to jewelry                   relating to ceramics. The student will explore
   AJ 215. Constitutional Criminal Procedures. 3     production. This course will offer the                various tools and design processes and apply
hours credit. This course will enable the            beginning student a variety of experiences in         them to the appropriate ceramic forms.
student to examine the scope of criminal courts      studio work with various kinds of metals
and the justice system. The student will study       including working techniques and production              AR 182. Design in the Home. 3 hours credit.
the following subjects: the charging decision,       skills.                                               This course will enable the student to develop
the formal charges, grand jury, preliminary                                                                an understanding of the vocabulary, materials
hearings, arraignment, suppression hearings,            AR 120. Stained Glass Design I. 3 hours credit.    and the professions associated with interior
competency hearing, burden of proof, plea            An introduction to the philosophy of design,          design. He or she will then use this knowledge
bargaining, court and jury trials, sentencing,       design execution and technique                        to create interior spaces that demonstrate
habeas corpus, appeal and other post-                differentiation which are used in historical          design concepts, functionality and budgetary
conviction remedies, procedure to grant and to       and contemporary applications of stained              considerations.
revoke probation or parole, rules of evidence,       glass. Emphasis is on conceptualizing within
and an overview of criminal process of adult         the medium.
and juvenile criminal cases from the request
for prosecution through post trial remedies.


                                                                                                                         2009 - 2010 CATALOG 111
         WHERE power LIVES
   AR 185 Computer Graphics I. 3 hours credit.         AR 252. Painting II. 3 hours credit.                    AT 102. Auto Electrical Systems I. 3 hours
Prerequisite: AR 141 and AR 121 with a C or         Prerequisite: AR 251 with a C or better.                credit. Prerequisite: A score at a
better. This course will enable the student to      Advanced study in painting with various                 predetermined level in reading, writing, and
create and edit digital images for use in print     painting media.                                         math on a placement instrument. This course
and electronic media. The student will learn                                                                will enable the student to understand the
to apply design principles to the use of digital       AR 262. Ceramics II. 3 hours credit.                 principles upon which all electrical systems
media tools, including hardware and                 Prerequisite: AR 161 with a C or better. This           are based. The student will be able to define
software.                                           course will enable the student to learn                 OHM and Kirchoff’s laws and apply them to
                                                    advanced processes and construction                     automotive circuits. The student will be able
   AR 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate      techniques relating to ceramics. The student            to define the terminology and symbols
education with on-the-job experience. See           will explore various tools and design                   utilized in automotive circuits. The student
Internships section of this catalog for a           processes and apply them to the appropriate             will learn about automotive battery
complete description of these courses.              ceramic forms.                                          construction, chemistry and testing
                                                                                                            procedures, and semiconductor /electronic
   AR 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative              AR 270. Art Projects, I, II, III, IV (AR 270, 271,   circuit principles.
Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education   272, 273). 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:
with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative         Instructor approval. The purpose of each                   AT 103. Automotive Brakes I. 3 hours credit.
Education section of this catalog for a             course is to acquaint the student with                  Prerequisite: AT 101 with a C or better and a
complete description of these courses.              different areas of art. The principle objective         score at a predetermined level in reading,
                                                    of each course is for independent study for the         writing, and math on a placement. This course
   AR 218 Jewelry Design II. 3 hours credit.        student who has had the available courses in a          will enable the student to establish the
Prerequisite: AR 118 with a C or better. This       studio area. Example: A student who has                 hydraulic and mechanical principles utilized
course will enable the student to advance           finished Ceramics I and II but wants to attain          in automotive braking systems. Hydraulic
his/her skills and techniques in jewelry            more information and skill may do so in an              system diagnosis, disc, drum, wheel bearing
design. The student will work with various          independent lab experience.                             and parking brake service procedures are
metals in a studio setting.                                                                                 established. The student will acquire disc and
                                                       AR 275. Computer Graphics II. 3 hours credit.        drum measuring and machining techniques.
   AR 220. Stained Glass Design II. 3 hours         Prerequisite: AR 185 with a C or better. This
credit. Prerequisite: AR 120 with a C or better     course involves a study of the basics of                   AT 104. Engine Performance II. 3 hours credit.
or instructor consent. This course deals with       animation, drawing, painting, and advanced              Prerequisite: AT 101 with a C or better and a
the exploration of design in stained glass. The     animation techniques by way of computer                 score at a predetermined level in reading,
student will be expected to create original         graphics. Computer Graphics assignments are             writing, and math on a placement instrument.
designs and translate them into actual stained      an integral part of the course.                         This course will enable the student to
glass pieces.                                                                                               diagnose the problems encountered within
                                                       AR 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.          the ignition, evaporative control, and intake
   AR 232. Sculpture. 3 hours credit. Studio        Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.          air temperature control systems. The student
approach to basic three-dimensional                 Topics of specific interest to the student will         will comprehend the operation and control of
concepts. Various materials will be used in         be developed. These topics will be established          these systems and their relationship to
projects designed to develop a basic                by the student’s needs or requirements. Areas           vehicle emissions.
understanding of three-dimensional forms            of specific needs will be pursued and
and spatial concepts.                               instructional material that lends itself to                AT 105. Auto Electrical Systems II. 2 hours
                                                    current trends or topics needed to                      credit. Prerequisite: AT 102 with a C or better
   AR 241. Life Drawing. 3 hours credit.            supplement normal classroom instruction                 and a score at a predetermined level in
Prerequisite: AR 141 with a C or better. Quite      will be offered.                                        reading, writing, and math on a placement
possibly the most crucial time period in the                                                                instrument. This course will enable the
drawing career of most art students is the first      (AT) AUTO TECHNOLOGY                                  student to learn the starting and changing
semester’s experience in figure drawing. The                                                                systems that are presented in depth. The
                                                       AT 101. Engine Performance I. 4 hours credit.
complex machine known as the human body                                                                     student will study motor principles,
                                                    Prerequisite: A score at a predetermined level
can become a prohibitive, almost                                                                            alternating current generation, rectifications,
                                                    in reading, writing, and math on a placement
unconquerable drawing problem in these                                                                      component and systems testing. The student
                                                    instrument. This course will enable the
formative weeks. The purpose of this class is                                                               will perform testing on and off the vehicle.
                                                    student to be introduced to the engine
to eliminate as many erroneous                      performance field. Engine design and
preconceptions as possible while directing          operation, combustion control methods,
the student toward a clarified, conscientious       engine support systems, basic automotive
application of his/her ability to observe and       science, measuring systems and tools will be
record the human form.                              covered as a part of this course.

   AR 251. Painting I. 3 hours credit.
Prerequisite: AR 141 with a C or better. An
introductory course to painting. Oil painting
will be given the most emphasis.




 112 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                              WHERE power LIVES
   AT 106. Automotive Brakes II. 3 hours credit.         AT 204. Engine Performance IV. 3 hours credit.      (BA) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Prerequisite: AT 103 with a C or better and a        Prerequisite AT 201 with a C or better. This                ACCOUNTING MARKETING
score at a predetermined level in reading,           course will enable the student to develop                          & MANAGEMENT
writing, and math on a placement. This course        necessary skills in On Board Diagnostics (OBD           BA 103. Principles of Advertising. 3 hours
will enable the student to diagnose and repair       II) in order to diagnosis and repair fuel            credit. This course will enable the student to
brake system complaints related to anti-lock         delivery systems, storage and evaporative            analyze and explore the role of advertising in
and/or brake boost problems/malfunction.             control systems. The student will focus              the world today and its relationship to the
Initially the student will explore power brakes      primarily on internal combustion fuel                field of marketing. The student will analyze
operation, diagnosis and service procedures          requirements, exhaust emissions; combustion          various types of media, consider current
and conclude with the study of anti-lock             efficiency, air induction and fuel trim              trends in advertising techniques and discover
braking systems components, operation and            parameters with an emphasis on electronically        the importance of research planning. In
diagnostics. The student will compare Kelsey         controlled fuel delivery systems.                    addition, the student will focus on the
Hayes, Bosch, Teves, and Delco systems.                                                                   significance of behavioral sciences and how
                                                        AT 205. Auto Electrical Systems IV. 3 hours       they relate to the effectiveness of advertising.
   AT 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate       credit. Prerequisite: AT 202 with a C or better.
education with on-the-job experience. See            This course will enable the student to develop          BA 104. Information Processing Systems. 3
Internships section of this catalog for a            the skills required for diagnosis and repair of      hours credit. Requirement: Students must
complete description of these courses.               auxiliary automotive components and circuitry        have a typing speed of at least 20 words per
                                                     which include horn, wiper/washer, heated             minute (a pretest will be given). This course
   AT 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative            glass, door / trunk locks, supplementary             will enable the student to learn to use popular
Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education    restraint system components and circuitry.           applications software including word
with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative          The student will apply previously learned            processing, spreadsheet analysis, database
Education section of this catalog for a              concepts related to Ohm’s Law and Kirschoff’s        management, and the Windows operating
complete description of these courses.               Law in diagnosis electrical system issues.           system. This is a practical applications course
                                                                                                          in the study of information processing
   AT 201. Engine Performance III. 3 hours credit.      AT 206. Suspension & Steering II. 3 hours         systems. This course is designed for students
Prerequisite: AT 104 with a C or better. This        credit. Prerequisite AT 203 with C or better.        with an interest in computers and those
course will enable the student to diagnose and       This course will enable the student to               working toward any degree.
repair computerized engine control systems.          comprehend and apply suspension system
The student will examine computer control            component operation, diagnosis and service              BA 105. Fundamentals of Purchasing. 1 hour
functions, control circuits, and memory in           procedures with a primary emphasis on                credit. This course introduces students to the
relation to sensor and actuator circuitry.           alignment principles, diagnosis and service          basics of purchasing as practiced in
Sensor operating parameters and diagnosis            procedures. Students will also engage in             contemporary business environments. The
are examined.                                        vibration and noise diagnosis / correction           course focuses on the purchasing process and
                                                     procedures as part of the alignment process.         on how the strategic role of the purchasing
   AT 202. Auto Electrical Systems III. 3 hours                                                           professional impacts the organization.
credit. Prerequisite: AT 105 with a C or better.        AT 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit
This course will enable the student to               each. Prerequisite: Approval of division dean           BA 106. Fundamentals of Budgeting. 1 hour
diagnose and repair customer complaints              and instructor. Topics of specific interest to       credit. This course introduces the student to
related to lighting, gauge function, and driver      the student will be developed. These topics          the function of budgeting in planning and
information systems. The utilization of              will be established by student needs or              control. It builds on basic knowledge with
diagrams and schematics in the diagnosis and         requirements. Areas of specific needs will be        specific information on budgeting in retail,
repair procedure is emphasized in this course.       pursued and instructional material that lends        service, manufacturing, and non-profit
                                                     itself to current trends or topics that are          organizations. This course enables the
   AT 203. Suspension and Steering I. 3 hours        needed to supplement normal classroom                nonfinancial manager to develop cost-
credit, Prerequisite: AT 106. This course will       instruction will be offered.                         effective budgets using easy-to-understand
enable the student to diagnose and repair                                                                 budgeting techniques.
steering systems. The study will examine                AT 294 and 295. Directed Independent Study in
steering component operation, diagnosis and          Auto Technology. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:          BA 109. Small Business Management. 3 hours
repair procedures. Steering complaints due to        2.0 GPA and approval of division dean and            credit. This course will enable the student to
tires, linkages, columns, manual and power           instructor. This course is an extension of the       gain an understanding of the issues and
steering systems, couplings and mounts will          automotive curriculum and provides a                 strategies involved in starting and managing a
be examined.                                         structured learning experience to broaden the        small business. Through the use of
                                                     students’ comprehension of principles and            discussion, exercises, and case studies, the
                                                     competencies associated with the automotive          student will walk through the steps required
                                                     program. Topics of specific interest to the          to develop a business plan including
                                                     student, augmenting the automotive                   marketing, organizing, financing, controlling,
                                                     curriculum, are developed with objectives            and managing risk.
                                                     based on individual student needs and/or
                                                     requirements to apply learned skills to out of
                                                     class activities or a work-related environment.




                                                                                                                        2009 - 2010 CATALOG 113
         WHERE power LIVES
   BA 110. Introduction to Business. 3 hours           BA 122. Introduction to Self-Employment            BA 140. Introduction to Marketing. 3 hours
credit. This course will enable the student to      Training. 1 hour credit. This course provides an   credit. This course will enable the student to
learn about the stock market, personnel             introduction to self-employment.                   gain an understanding of the issues and
management, leadership and motivational             Participants are given guidance in assessing       strategies involved in marketing for
techniques. This course is a survey of the          personal strengths and weaknesses as they          organizations. Through the use of discussion,
functions of business, a comparison of the          relate to being self-employed. They are also       exercises, and case studies, the student will
forms of organizations, methods of                  directed to look at the community                  gain an understanding of the planning and
administration, and the interdependence of          environment in which they will be doing            execution of conception, pricing, promotion,
production, distribution and finance in             business in order to assess the viability,         and distribution of goods, ideas, and services.
modern business.                                    feasibility and potential profitability of their
                                                    business idea. They are encouraged to develop         BA 178. Payroll Accounting. 3 hours credit.
   BA 111. Free Enterprise. 2 hours credit. This    a success-oriented attitude and challenged to      Prerequisite: BA 126 with a C or better. This
course will enable the student to develop           reconsider their views regarding competition,      course will enable the student to perform
leadership, teamwork, and communication             self-monitoring, learning and excellence.          many of the payroll functions required in the
skills through learning, practicing, and                                                               business world. The student will calculate and
teaching the principles of free enterprise.            BA 126. Accounting I. 3 hours credit. This      record payroll accounting information and
                                                    course will enable the student to perform          learn to prepare federal payroll tax forms. The
   BA 112. Personal Finance. 3 hours credit. This   basic bookkeeping functions upon                   student will prepare for the American Payroll
course will enable the student to understand        completion. The student will complete and          Association’s Fundamental Payroll
the principles and practices of money               understand the entire accounting cycle             Certification (FPC) designation exam.
management, consumer credit, savings,               through learning the theory and practice of
investments, taxation, and consumer                 modern accounting including journal entries,          BA 184. Human Resource Management. 3 hours
protection.                                         ledgers, and financial statements. The student     credit. This course will enable the student to
                                                    will also learn about Notes Receivable, Notes      understand the basic functions of human
   BA 115. Business Law I. 3 hours credit. This     Payable, Inventory systems, and depreciation       resource managers and their role in
course will enable the student to understand        methods.                                           establishing high performance work teams.
the evolution of law and the judicial system as                                                        The student will learn how to apply
well as contract law. Case studies will allow          BA 127. Accounting II. 3 hours credit.          employment law and various pay for
the student to apply the principles to everyday     Prerequisites: BA 126 with a C or better. This     performance systems.
situations as well as the business                  course will enable the student to perform
environment.                                        basic bookkeeping functions for                       BA 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate
                                                    partnerships, limited liability corporations       education with on-the-job experience. See
   BA 116. Business Law II. 3 hours credit.         (LLC’s) and corporations. The student will         Internships section of this catalog for a
Prerequisite: BA 115 with a C or better. This       also apply some managerial accounting              complete description of these courses.
course will enable student to understand the        concepts. The student will be introduced to
application of law in the following areas:          accounting for partnerships and corporations,         BA 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative
personal property, debtor-creditor risk             as well as analysis of financial statements, and   Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education
management, employment, and business                basic concepts of managerial and cost              with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative
organization. Case studies will allow the           accounting.                                        Education section of this catalog for a
student to apply these principles to everyday                                                          complete description of these courses.
situations as well as the business                     BA 128. 3D Computer Animation I. 3 hours
environment.                                        credit. This course will enable to student to         BA 203. Merchandising. 3 hours credit. This
                                                    gain an understanding of the basics of 3D          course will enable the student to gain an
   BA 117. Income Tax Fundamentals. 3 hours         computer modeling and animation. Through           understanding of the strategies employed by
credit. This course will enable the student to      the use of exercises, projects, discussions,       retailers to gain and retain customers,
understand the individual income tax return         and examples, the student will learn how to        employees and vendors. Through the use of
in depth, as well as give the student an            use the tools of a 3D modeling and animation       terminology, exercises and case studies, the
introduction to the business tax return.            software package, learning how to create and       student will be able gain an understanding of
                                                    animate objects and scenes from scratch.           procedures and methods of buying
   BA 121. Working: Workplace Basics for Non-                                                          merchandise, display and promotion,
Supervisory Employees. 2 hours credit. This            BA 129. Writing a Business Plan. 2 hours        inventory control, budgeting, and methods of
course provides basic human interaction             credit. This course is designed to help the        figuring price.
skills necessary to succeed in business. Topics     student develop an idea for a business by
covered are, listening, giving feedback, taking     researching, writing, and presenting a                BA 204. Managerial Accounting. 3 hours
on a new assignment, requesting help, getting       business plan for the purposes of securing         credit. Prerequisites: BA 126 and BA 127 with
your point across, participating in meetings,       funding and guiding the creation of a new          a C or better. This course will enable the
keeping your boss informed, resolving issues        business.                                          student to perform basic managerial
with others, positive responses to negative                                                            accounting functions, such as revenue
situations, working smarter, dealing with                                                              expectations, and cost controls. This course
changes and being a team player.                                                                       covers the theory and concepts of managerial
                                                                                                       accounting. Emphasis is placed on
                                                                                                       preparation and the use of financial data for
                                                                                                       planning and decision-making purposes.


 114 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                            WHERE power LIVES
   BA 206. Intermediate Accounting. 3 hours             BA 220. Business Ethics. 3 hours credit. This      BA 245. Advanced Computer Applications. 3
credit. Prerequisites: BA 126 and BA 127 with       course will enable the student to gain an           hours credit. Prerequisite: BA104 or BE 165,
a C or better. This course will enable the          understanding of what is meant by the               BE170, and BE 180, all with a C or better or
student to expand on his/her basic financial        concept of “business ethics” and why its study      successful completion of the placement exam.
accounting skills. An in-depth study of             is important for all types of organizations. The    This course will enable the student to gain
financial accounting will be covered, with          student will gain an understanding of               advanced skills in word processing,
concentration on recognition and                    fundamental issues such as morality, legality,      spreadsheet, and database programs that are
measurement of income. Asset accounting             responsibility, utilitarianism, rights and          not covered in other courses. Students will
and the application of Generally Accepted           justice.                                            use advanced features such as creating
Accounting Principles (GAAP) to financial                                                               hypertext, generating form letters, managing
statements published for external                      BA 225. Computer Advertising Design. 3 hours     workbooks, data tables, developing forms,
distribution is also studied.                       credit. This course will enable the student to      building complex reports, macros, and
                                                    design and produce creative advertisements          customizing presentations. The course is
   BA 210. Principles of Management. 3 hours        for print, radio, and television using a            designed to prepare students to pass the
credit. This course will enable students to         personal computer. The course will emphasize        Expert level of the Microsoft Office Specialist
develop short and long-range plans to               the effective composition of verbal/visual          (MOS) certification exam.
effectively accomplish organizational goals.        messages designed for publication and
Through the use of terminology, exercises and       broadcast through the use of basic layout              BA 252. Directed Studies. 3 hours credit.
case studies, students will be able to give a       elements and design.                                Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.
critical appraisal of real life situations                                                              The student will contract with the instructor
involving organizing, staffing and motivating          BA 228. 3D Computer Animation II. 3 hours        to complete specified work on one or more
others. The student will also learn tools to aid    credit. Prerequisite: BA128 or instructor           topic areas related to the subject. Topics,
in problem solving, valuing diversity, and          approval. This course will enable to student to     nature of work and depth of study will be
coping with change.                                 build on the basics of 3D Computer                  arranged in consultation with instructor at the
                                                    Animation one to gain an understanding of           beginning of the semester.
   BA 211. Microcomputer Accounting Applications.   more advanced features of computer
3 hours credit. Prerequisite: BA126. Students       modeling and animation. Through the use of             BA 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
use commercial accounting software to apply         exercises, projects, discussions, and               Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.
principles and procedures of accrual                examples, the student will learn how to create      Topics of specific interest to the student will
accounting. In addition to the complete             character movements and deformations, add           be developed. These topics will be established
accounting cycle, accounts receivable,              special effects such as hair and particle           by student needs or requirements. Areas of
accounts payable, payroll, inventory, fixed         effects, and make use of compositing                specific needs will be pursued and
assets, and job costs are covered. Comparative      techniques.                                         instructional material that lends itself to
financial statements are prepared and                                                                   current trends or topics that are needed to
analyzed. This course is designed to enhance           BA 229. Coaching for Top Performance. 1 hour     supplement normal classroom instruction
students’ skills in the use of current              credit. This course provided students with the      will be offered.
accounting technologies.                            skills needed to motivate employees to
                                                    improve performance and correct behavior.              (BE) BUSINESS SYSTEMS
   BA 215. Personal Selling. 3 hours credit. This
course will enable the student to
                                                                                                                TECHNOLOGY
                                                       BA 231. Introduction to Sport Management. 3
communicate with prospective customers to           hours credit. This course will enable the              BE 060. Computer Basics. 1 hour credit. This
understand their needs, match those needs           student to gain an understanding of sport           course will enable the student to obtain
with the appropriate product or service and         management as both an academic major and            competency in basic computer operation.
present an effective presentation. Through          as a professional endeavor. The student will        This class is for the student who has never
the use of terminology, practice in role-plays      learn about current issues and the skills and       used a computer or has limited use of the
and an understanding of the appropriate             knowledge required to be a successful               Windows system. Topics covered include
approaches and strategies, the student will         manager in the field of sport management.           computer systems, operating systems,
gain an understanding of the opportunities in                                                           processing speed, computer literacy, basic
the field of personal selling and what it takes                                                         mouse and keyboard usage, floppy disk media,
                                                       BA 243. Field Study III. 2 hours credit.
to be successful.                                                                                       CD-ROM media, proper CD handling, shut
                                                    Prerequisite: BA 144 with a C or better. This is
                                                                                                        down process, drive letters, file names and
                                                    an extension and continuation of BA 144.
                                                                                                        directories, and computer storage.
   BA 219. Cyber Marketing. 3 hours credit. This
course will enable the student to explore the          BA 244. Field Study IV. 2 hours credit.
transition from traditional marketing               Prerequisite: BA 243 with a C or better. This is       BE 100. Keyboarding. 1 hour credit. This
methodologies to digitally based techniques.                                                            course will enable the student to key by
                                                    an extension and continuation of BA 243.
Through the use of discussion, exercises, and                                                           touch—without looking at fingers or keyboard.
case studies, the student will be able to give a                                                        The student will key easy paragraph copy
critical appraisal of the strategies necessary to                                                       smoothly and fluently at a minimum rate of 14
conduct e-commerce within the emergence of                                                              wpm on a two-minute timing with 5 or fewer
a global marketplace.                                                                                   errors.




                                                                                                                     2009 - 2010 CATALOG 115
         WHERE power LIVES
   BE 101. Beginning Document Processing. 3              BE 107. Advanced Document Processing:               BE 125. Medical Billing/Coding. 3 hours credit.
hours credit. This course will enable the             Medical. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: BE 102       Prerequisite: IS 201 with a C or better or
student to develop keyboarding speed and              and BE 201 with a C or better and a                 concurrent enrollment. This course will
accuracy and properly format letters,                 keyboarding speed of at least 50 wpm. This          enable the student to develop a basic
memorandums, short manuscripts, tables and            course will enable the student to be familiar       knowledge of the national diagnostic and
employment documents.                                 with medical forms and terminology which            procedural coding systems and to simplify the
                                                      include scheduling appointments,                    process of filing claim forms. The student will
   BE 102. Intermediate Document Processing. 3        establishing and maintaining patient records,       be introduced to the major nationwide
hours credit. Prerequisite: A keyboarding             coding procedures and diagnoses, and typing         medical insurance programs.
speed of at least 40 wpm. This course will            of medical forms. Additional areas of
enable the student to develop a higher speed          concentration consist of proper grammar,               BE 126. Computerized Medical Office
and a greater degree of accuracy. The student         punctuation, spelling, capitalization, number       Management. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: IS
will develop skills that are essential to any         and word usage, as well as speed and accuracy.      201 with a C or better or concurrent
computer user which includes all types of                                                                 enrollment. Requirement: Before enrolling in
office correspondence plus tables, desktop               BE 108. Records Management. 3 hours credit.      the course, the student should be competent
publishing, web pages, keyboarding, and               Prerequisite: BE 180or BA 104 with a C or           in basic computer operation. This course will
forms.                                                better. Requirement: The student should be          enable the student to use a computerized
                                                      competent in basic computer operation. This         account and medical management
    BE 103. Keyboard Skillbuilding. 3 hours credit.   course will enable the student to understand        recordkeeping software program.
Requirement: Students must be able to type-           the initiation and maintenance of a cost-
by-touch before taking this course. This              effective information records management               BE 127. Advanced Medical Coding. 3 hours
course will enable the student to gain in speed       program, including creation, retrieval,             credit. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the
and accuracy by applying systematic practice          retention, transfer and disposition. Emphasis       Medical Billing and Coding Specialist
on a computer keyboard. Diagnostic software           will be placed on filing systems and                Certificate program or consent of instructor.
is used to determine the student’s starting           procedures, records storage and control, and        This course will enable the student to
point and areas needed to improve. Successful         use of equipment. Students will need typing         accurately assign ICD-9-CM diagnosis codes,
completion of this course is measured by an           or keyboard knowledge. Managing records on          CPT procedure codes and modifiers, and
increase in words per minute, and a decrease          the microcomputer will also be covered.             HCPCS codes for the medical office. The
in errors per minute. It is strongly                                                                      student will prepare for national coding
recommended that BE100 be taken if the                   BE 109. Human Relations. 3 hours credit. This    certification testing.
student does not key at a rate of at least 30         course will enable the student to recognize the
wpm using the touch method.                           important role personal qualities play in the          BE 128. Coding Certification Test Preparation.
                                                      work environment and to develop the success         1-3 hours credit. Prerequisite: BE 127 with a C
   BE 105. Advanced Document Processing:              attitudes, interpersonal skills, and values that    or better. This course will enable the student
Executive. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: BE 102       are demanded by employers. The student will         to meet the requirements to take a national
with a C or better and a keyboarding speed of         build personality traits, work habits, thinking     coding certification test. The student will
50 wpm. This course will enable the student to        and self-management skills through a focused        extensively review the proper assignment of
develop creativeness and originality, follow          self-improvement program.                           CPT, ICD-9, and HCPCS codes.
directions, edit rough drafts, compose and
design letters, award certificates, newsletters,         BE 120. Business English. 3 hours credit. This      BE 130. Business Communications. 3 hours
templates and labels, create arrangements of          course will enable the student to master            credit. Prerequisite: A score at a pre-
tables, make charts and graphs, and many              language principles for the information age.        determined level on a reading and writing
other office activities. Additional areas of          The student will develop language skills while      placement instrument or EG060 or BE120
concentration consist of proper grammar,              gaining computer experience. The student            with a C or better. Requirement: Students
punctuation, spelling, capitalization, number         will gain expertise in basic rules of English       must be able to navigate within word
and word usage, as well as speed and accuracy.        grammar, punctuation, capitalization,               processing software to produce effective
                                                      number style, spelling, and vocabulary.             written communications. This course will
   BE 106. Advanced Document Processing: Legal.                                                           enable the student to develop communication
3 hours credit. Prerequisite: BE 102 and BE              BE 121. Business Machines/10-Key. 3 hours        skills that will be effective in job placement,
204 with a C or better and a keyboarding              credit. Prerequisite: A score at a pre-             performance, career advancement, and
speed of at least 50 wpm. This course will            determined level on a numerical placement           organizational success. Focus of the class will
enable the student to be familiar with legal          instrument or MA 050 or above with a C or           be on developing basic writing skills through
forms and terminology which include real              better. This course will enable the student to      practice with meaningful feedback.
estate and property transfers, litigation, wills      combine business math and the 10-key using          Additionally, listening, nonverbal, and
and estates, and corporate documents.                 the computer. The student will concentrate on       speaking skills will be covered. Students will
Additional areas of concentration consist of          areas such as, fractions, percentages, pricing      learn effective communication skills
proper grammar, punctuation, spelling,                merchandise, payroll, interest, banking, and        necessary for success in today’s technology-
capitalization, as well as speed and accuracy.        credit. This course will enable the student to      driven business environment.
                                                      develop a higher speed and a greater degree of
                                                      accuracy using the 10-key touch method.




 116 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                                WHERE power LIVES
   BE 142. Transcribing Machines, Medical. 3            BE 165. Microcomputer Applications I, Word             BE 182. Microcomputer Applications I,
hours credit. Prerequisites: BE 107, IS 201,         Processing. 1 hour credit. Computer skills are         Quickbooks.
and BE 120 with a C or better or concurrent          needed before taking. This course will enable
enrollment. Requirement: The student must            the student to become more productive using               BE186. Microcomputer Applications I, Integrated
be typing at least 50 wpm before enrolling in        “off the shelf” application software. Current          Office. 1 hour credit. The student will be able
this course. This course will enable the             application packages will be used. The student         utilize and integrate the software applications
student to perform the necessary skills to           will learn to operate the application’s functions      in the Microsoft Office Suite which includes
transcribe medical dictation with speed and          and commands, and develop skills needed to             Word, Excel, Access, and PowerPoint.
accuracy for clinics, hospitals, and medical         use the software productively in their jobs.
centers.                                                                                                       BE 195. Microcomputer Applications I - PIM
                                                         BE 166. Microcomputer Applications I, Windows.
   BE 143 . Advanced Medical Transcription. 3        – Introduction to Windows. 1 hour credit. This            BE 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate
hours credit. Prerequisite: Acceptance into          course will enable the student to operate              education with on-the-job experience. See
the Medical Transcriptionist Specialty               windows operating system software. Topics              Internships section of this catalog for a
Certificate program. This course will enable         covered are hardware, software, input, output,         complete description of these courses.
the student to refine his/her transcription          auxiliary storage, communications, operating
skills to a competitive level by providing           systems and environments, as well as computer             BE 197 and 198. Cooperative Education I and II.
challenging activities involving the difficult,      security, ethics, trends and issues in the             Integrate education with on-the-job
often indistinct, dictation heard in the work        information age. Hands-on units are included.          experience. See Cooperative Education
environment of a medical transcriptionist.                                                                  section of this catalog for a complete
The student will make use of appropriate                BE 170. Microcomputer Applications I,               description of these courses.
reference materials and research techniques          Spreadsheet. 1 hour credit. This course will
to assist in proofreading and editing reports.       enable the student to become more productive              BE 202. Business Procedures. 3 hours credit.
                                                     using “off the shelf” application software.            Prerequisites: BE 102 and BA 104 IPS or BE
    BE 145. Voice Recognition. 1 hour credit. This   Current application packages will be used. The         165, BE 170, and BE 180 all with a C or better.
course will enable the student to train voice        student will learn to operate the application’s        This course will enable the student to gain
recognition software to produce office               functions and commands, and develop skills             “real life” experiences in a business
documents and apply voice typing techniques          needed to use the software productively in their       environment. This class will be run as much
to increase speed and accuracy, help avoid or        jobs. Students will use relative and absolute          like an actual business as possible allowing
accommodate hand injury and improve                  references, apply functions, sort, query, and          the students to take on the role of “employees”
writing and communication skills. The                create charts.                                         and the instructor to take on the role as
student will focus on voice applications for                                                                “supervisor.’ Managing a business, solving
school and career.                                      BE 175. Microcomputer Applications I.               office problems, developing written and oral
                                                     Presentation Graphics. 3 hours credit. This            communication, training staff, and searching,
   BE 160. Computer Concepts. 3 hours credit.        course will enable the student to create               applying, and interviewing with prospective
This course will enable the student to function      effective presentations that follow the                employers will be some of the topics covered.
in an computer environment introducing the           presentation development cycle using the               This course is designed for students majoring
student to computer concepts such as                 enhancement capabilities of presentation               in any business field or those students
hardware, software, input, output, auxiliary         software. Topics include design templates,             pursuing their own business ventures.
storage, communications, operating systems           slide layouts, clip art usage, web presentations,
and environments, as well as computer                visual elements, workgroup collaboration,                 BE 204. Legal Terminology. 3 hours credit.
security, ethics, and trends and issues in the       presentation delivery, and online features.            Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined
information age. Hands-on units are included         Before enrolling in this course, the student           level in reading and writing or EG 060 with a
using Windows, MS Office applications,               must be competent in basic computer                    C or better. This course will enable the
Internet and e-mail.                                 operation.                                             student to spell, pronounce, and define words
                                                                                                            and terms essential for legal secretaries,
   BE 165-186. Microcomputer Applications I. 1           BE 176. Microcomputer Applications I, Internet.    paralegals, or others in legal fields.
hour credit. Requirement: The student must           Introduction to Internet. 1 hour credit. This course
be competent in basic computer operation             will enable the student to navigate the Internet          BE 240. Legal Office Procedures. 3 hours
before enrolling in all of these courses except      using search engines, download external files,         credit. Prerequisite: BE 106 with a C or better
for BE166 Windows. These courses will enable         and communicate using e-mail.                          or instructor consent. This course will enable
the student to effectively utilize “off the shelf”                                                          the student to use the terminology,
application software. Current application                BE 180. Microcomputer Applications I, Database.    background, and knowledge of the legal
packages will be used. Students will learn to        1 credit hour. This course will enable the             procedures associated with employment in a
operate the application’s functions and              student to become more productive using “off           law office. The course is designed to provide
commands and develop skill needed to use the         the shelf” application software. Current               the student with relevant and interesting
software productively in their jobs. BE165,          application packages will be used. The student         applications to the various areas of law. This is
BE170, BE175, and BE180 are designed to              will learn to operate the application’s functions      a culminating course that ties together the
prepare students to pass the standard level of       and commands, and develop skills needed to             terminology, practical applications, and
the Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS)                use the software productively in their jobs.           theory of working in a legal office.
certification exams.                                 Students will work with tables, forms, reports,
                                                     and queries.



                                                                                                                           2009 - 2010 CATALOG 117
         WHERE power LIVES
   BE 252. Directed Studies. 3 hours credit.            BE 280. MAP II: Advanced Applications - Access.         BI 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate
Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.       3 hours credit. Prerequisite: BA 104 or BE 180          education with on-the-job experience. See
The student will contract with the instructor        with a C or better. This course will enable the         Internships section of this catalog for a
for complete specified work on one or more           student to apply the advanced functions of              complete description of these courses.
topic areas related to the subject. Topics,          Microsoft Access, preparing the student for
nature of work, and depth of study will be           the Microsoft office specialist (MOS)                      BI 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative
arranged in consultation with instructor at the      certification tests.                                    Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education
beginning of the semester.                                                                                   with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative
                                                      (BI) BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE                                Education section of this catalog for a
   BE 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.          BI 101. Biological Vocabulary. 1 hour credit. This   complete description of these courses.
Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.       course will enable the student to gain
Topics of specific interest to the student will      knowledge of common biological terminology                 BI 218. Spring Wildflower & Weed Identification.
be developed. These topics will be established       by pronouncing, spelling and defining                   2 hours credit. This course will enable the
by student needs or requirements. Areas of           approximately 300 general biology words.                student to recognize and identify by common
specific needs will be pursued and                                                                           and scientific name many local species of
instructional material that lends itself to             BI 105. Chemistry Review (BIO). 1 hour credit.       “wildflowers and weeds” that only bloom
current trends or topics that are needed to          Highly recommended for BI 240 and BI 250                during the spring season. The student will
supplement normal classroom instruction              students. Lecture/discussion. Should be                 accomplish this by sensorial observation of
will be offered.                                     scheduled to be completed prior to traditional          each plant’s unique physical appearance,
                                                     semesters. This course reviews the major                habitat, and range, and using appropriate
   BE 255. Project Management. 3 hours credit.       chemical concepts needed for the 200 level              field guides and dichotomous identification
Prerequisite: BE165, BE170, & BE180 or               biology courses BI 240 and BI 250.                      keys. The student will also learn the ecological
BA104, all with a C or better. This course will                                                              role various spring wildflowers and weeds
enable the student to examine the                       BI 106. Critical Concepts in Biology. 2 hours        play in their local biome and how native and
fundamentals associated with the project             credit. This course will enable the student to          pioneer Americans used these spring
management process. It is designed for a             understand basic biological principles and              wildflowers and weeds as sources of food,
person who is responsible for creating and           apply these to topics covered in anatomy and            medicines, fabrics, building materials, etc.
modifying project plans and who needs                physiology, and microbiology courses. This
project management software skills to manage         course is intended for the student who needs               BI 222. Introduction to Forensic Science
those project plans. The competencies                preparatory work before taking anatomy and              Laboratory. 4 hours credit. Prerequisite: CH
learned in this course would be beneficial to        physiology, or microbiology courses.                    110, BI 106 or equivalent, MA 120 or above all
the student majoring in any business-related                                                                 with a C or better, and previous or concurrent
career.                                                 BI 110. General Biology. 5 hours credit. This        enrollment in AJ 121 with a C or better. This
                                                     course will enable the student to apply basic           course will enable the student to apply the
   BE 265. MAP II: Advanced Applications - Word. 3   biological principles to relevant situations in         principles and techniques of the physical and
hours credit. Prerequisite: BA 104 or BE 165         his/her daily life. The student will apply the          natural sciences to the analysis of various
with a C or better. This course will enable the      scientific process to problem solving and               types of crime scene evidence. This will
student to apply the advanced functions of           deductive reasoning to analyze and interpret            include evidence collection, identification
Microsoft Word, preparing the student for the        observations. This course is not intended for           and analysis using microscopy, PCR, GC and
Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS)                    biology majors.                                         spectrometry.
certification tests.
                                                        BI 120. Majors Biology I (Animal). 5 hours               BI 226. Anatomy and Physiology with Review I. 4
   BE 270. MAP II: Advanced Applications – Excel.    credit. This course will enable the student to          hours credit. Prerequisite: Highly
3 hours credit. Prerequisite: BA 104 or BE 170       develop an understanding of basic molecular             recommended IS 201 and CH 105. Three
with a C or better. This course will enable the      chemistry, cell structure and function,                 hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory
student to apply the advanced functions in           molecular and classical genetics, main                  per week. This course will enable the student
Microsoft Excel, preparing the student for the       concepts in animal physiology, and animal               to incorporate the importance of homeostasis
Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS)                    behavior. The student will also understand the          in regulation of human health into daily life. It
certification tests.                                 diversity of life through a survey of the animal        will also enable the student to use concepts
                                                     kingdom. This course includes 2 one-and-a-              form and function relationship to identify
   BE 275. Desktop Publishing. 3 hours credit.       half hour lecture periods and 2 two-hour                structures of the human body. The topics
Prerequisite: Completion of the following: BE        laboratory periods per week.                            include basic chemistry, cells, tissues, and
165, BE 170, and BE 180 all with a C or better;                                                              these body systems: skeletal, muscular,
or BA 104 with a C or better. This course will          BI 130. Majors Biology II (Plant). 5 hours credit.   nervous, and endocrine. This course is
enable the student to study computer-based           This course will enable a student to develop an         designed as an option for the student needing
applications by combining text and graphics          understanding of the relationship between cell          a slower pace. This is one semester of a two-
to produce professional documents such as            respiration and photosynthesis, biology of              semester course. This course must be taken in
brochures, advertisements, newsletters,              plants, principles of ecological interactions           addition to BI 227 to be equivalent to BI 240
certificates, and business forms printed on a        and basis of the evolutionary process. This is a        Anatomy and Physiology.
high-quality printer. Emphasis will be placed        part of a two semester course for perspective
on the principles of layout and design.              biology major. This course includes 2 one-
                                                     and-a-half hour lecture periods and 2 two-
                                                     hour laboratory periods per week.

 118 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                                  WHERE power LIVES
   BI 227. Anatomy and Physiology with Review II. 4         BI 245. Cadaver Dissection. 2 hours credit.          BS 106. Introduction to Anthropology. 3 hours
hours credit. Prerequisite: Highly                       Prerequisite: BI 240 or equivalent with a grade      credit. This course will enable the student to
recommended IS 201. Three hours of lecture               of C or better. This course will enable the          use scientific observation in understanding
and three hours of laboratory per week. This             student to prepare and dissect a human cadaver       human behavior. The student will focus on the
course will enable the student to incorporate            and to identify the major visceral organs and        nature and processes of cultural change that
the importance of homeostasis in regulation of           structures. It provides practical hands-on           have resulted in the development of
human health into daily life. It will also enable        experience in the dissection of the whole body       humankind. The time span of the course will
the student to use concepts of the form and              and in fine dissection of a specific region or       be from the Paleolithic period to the present.
function relationship to identify structures of          organ. All major anatomical structures will be
the human body. The topics include basic                 located and identified.                                 BS 107. Women and Society. 3 hours credit.
chemistry, cells, tissues, and these body                                                                     The student will be able to understand the
systems: Integumentary, lymphatic,                          BI 250. Microbiology. 5 hours credit.             various roles of women in society and the
cardiovascular, respiratory, urinary, digestive,         Prerequisite: It is recommended that the             interrelatedness of issues. The student will be
and reproductive. This course is designed as an          student has taken BI 105, BI 106, or CH 105          able to discuss topics; such as, social
option for the student needing a slower pace.            with a C or better prior to enrolling in this        construction of gender, patriarchy, and media
This is one semester of a two-semester course.           course. This course will enable the student to       influence, as well as women’s experience with
This course must be taken in addition to BI 226          identify disease causing microorganisms or           health, education, family, work, and violence.
to be equivalent to BI 240 Anatomy and                   agents and their role in the disease process,
Physiology.                                              including principles of microbial cell structure,       BS 110. Contemporary Social Problems. 3 hours
                                                         genetics, metabolism, immunity, and control.         credit. This course will enable the student to
   BI 228. Summer Wildflower & Weed Identification.      The student will also be able to demonstrate         examine major problems of contemporary
2 hours credit. This course will enable the              proficiency in standard laboratory techniques        society through differing sociological
student to recognize and identify by common              used in inoculation, isolation, incubation,          perspectives. The student will consider the
and scientific name many local species of                inspection and identification of bacteria. These     social causes of these problems and the public
“wildflowers and weeds” that only bloom during           techniques also include the examination of           policy consequences of solutions. The student
the summer season. The student will                      fungi, protists, and parasitic worms. In             will engage in research and field observation
accomplish this by sensorial observation of              addition, the course will enable the student to      related to the problems of inequality, crime
each plant’s unique physical appearance,                 demonstrate mechanisms in the prevention             and violence, substance abuse, deviance, and
habitat, and range, and using appropriate field          and treatment of infectious disease. Three           family problems.
guides and dichotomous identification keys.              hours of lecture/discussion and four hours of
The student will also learn the ecological role          laboratory per week.                                    BS 115. Substance Abuse Awareness. 3 hours
various summer wildflowers and weeds play in                                                                  credit. The information learned in this course
their local biome and how native and pioneer                BI 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.       will enable the student to competently discuss
Americans used these summer wildflowers and              Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.       substance use, abuse, dependence and the
weeds as sources of food, medicines, fabrics,            Topics of specific interest to the student will be   effects on individuals, families and society.
building materials, etc.                                 developed. These topics will be established by       Required for SRS/AAPS certification.
                                                         the student’s needs or requirements. Areas of
    BI 238. Fall Wildflower and Weed Identification. 2   specific needs will be pursued and                      BS 116. Introduction to Counseling: Addictions. 3
hours credit. This course will enable the student        instructional material that lends itself to          hours credit. This course will examine the
to recognize and identify by common and                  current trends or topics needed to supplement        counseling relationship, counseling theory
scientific name many local species of                    normal classroom instruction will be offered.        and effective ways of helping those with abuse
“wildflower and weeds” that only bloom during                                                                 and dependency issues. This course is
the fall season. The student will accomplish this        (BS) BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES                             designed to help prepare those entering the
by sensorial observation of each plant’s unique                                                               field of addiction treatment and/or another
                                                            BS 103. Human Sexuality. 3 hours credit. This
physical appearance, habitat, and range, and                                                                  helping profession. Required for SRS/AAPS
                                                         course will enable the student to trace the
using appropriate field guides and dichotomous                                                                certification.
                                                         physiological, psychological and social impact
identification keys. The student will also learn
                                                         of human sexuality. The student will be able to
the ecological role various fall wildflowers and                                                                 BS 117. Introduction to Group Counseling:
                                                         discuss topics that include gender information,
weeds play in their local biome and how native                                                                Addictions. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: BS116
                                                         sex roles, biochemistry of sex, birth and birth
and pioneer Americans used these fall                                                                         with a C or better. This course provides a
                                                         control, sexual diversity, consequences of
wildflowers and weeds as sources of food,                                                                     study of group dynamics, ethical issues and
                                                         sexual activity, and communication.
medicines, fabrics, building materials, etc.                                                                  theoretical approaches to group counseling.
                                                            BS 105 Sociology. 3 hours credit. This course     Emphasis will be placed on the application of
   BI 240. Anatomy and Physiology. 5 hours credit.       will enable the student to understand the            counseling techniques within a group setting.
Prerequisite: Highly recommended                         development, structure, and functioning of           This course is designed for those pursuing a
BI 105 and AH 201 with a C or better. This               human groups and how these groups shape              career in addictions counseling or another
course will enable the student to develop an             development and way of life. Students will be        helping profession. Required for SRS/AAPS
understanding of the principles in structure             able to apply the knowledge they gain about          certification.
and function of the human body systems. An               topics that include culture, socialization,
intermediate study designed primarily for pre-           collective behavior, institutions, stratification,
professional students in health-related fields.          inequalities of gender and age, deviance, and
The student will participate in three hours of           social change.
lecture and four hours of laboratory per week.


                                                                                                                            2009 - 2010 CATALOG 119
         WHERE power LIVES
   BS 121. Pharmacology: Addictions. 2 hours           BS 128. Multicultural/Special Populations:           BS 160. General Psychology. 3 hours credit. This
credit. This course will enable the student to      Addictions. 3 hours credit. This course will         course will enable the student to apply the
have a working knowledge of psychoactive            enable the student to analyze the uniqueness         knowledge they gain about topics including the
drugs and the effects those drugs have on the       found in special populations (e.g. cultural,         biological basis of behavior, sensation,
human body and mind, as well as theories of         ethnic, and racially diverse groups, special         learning, cognition, intelligence, motivation,
addiction. This course is designed for those        groups identified by age, gender, and other          development, personality, psychological
pursuing a career in addictions counseling or       special characteristics) and how these               disorders, and social psychology to their lives.
some other helping profession. Required for         qualities affect the use and abuse of addictive      The student will be able to use his/her
SRS/AAPS certification.                             substances, assessment and response to               knowledge of the discipline and the critical
                                                    treatment. The student will explore human            thinking skills gained from this course to
   BS 123. Field Practicum I: Addictions. 3 hours   behavior and how it is conditioned and a             enhance the quality of his/her life as he/she
credit. Prerequisites: BS 115, BS 116, BS 117,      reflection of one’s cultural experience will be      interacts with others.
BS 121, BS 124 and BS 130 with a C or better.       explored. This course is designed for those
This course will enable the student to              pursuing a career in addictions counseling or           BS 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate
integrate and apply prerequisite coursework         some other helping profession. Required for          education with on-the-job experience. See
and experiences as he/she develops                  SRS/AAPS certification.                              Internships section of this catalog for a
competency and skills in the field of                                                                    complete description of these courses.
addictions counseling. The student shall               BS 129. Field Practicum II: Addictions. 5 hours
perform and document no less than 200               credit. Prerequisites: BS 123 with a C or                  BS 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative Education
hours of practicum experience in an                 better. This course will enable the student to       I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education with on-the-
Addiction And Prevention Services (AAPS)            further integrate and build skills in the field      job experience. See Cooperative Education
credentialed addictions services agency. The        of addictions counseling. The Practicum II           section of this catalog for a complete
student will establish, at minimum, a basic         student will be expected to provide a                description of these courses.
level of competency in each of the AAPS             supportive role model and to take leadership
Addictions Counseling Core Competency               in class activities with the Practicum I                BS 210. Marriage and Family. 3 credit hours.
areas. Required for Social and Rehabilitation       students. The student shall perform and              This course will enable the student to gain an
Services (SRS) and AAPS credential.                 document no less than 300 hours of                   appreciation of the place of marriage and family
                                                    practicum experience in an Addiction And             within our society. The student will analyze
   BS 124. Ethics/Confidentiality: Addictions. 3    Preventive Services (AAPS) credentialed              tools to help in professional as well as personal
hours credit. This course will enable the           addictions services agency. The student will         relationships. The student will examine dating,
student to study the importance of                  establish, at minimum, an advanced level of          courtship and love, gender issues, sexuality,
confidentiality regulations and professional        competency in each of the AAPS Addictions            parenting, divorce, blended families, and
codes of ethics applicable to working as an         Counseling Core Competency areas. Required           effective communication techniques.
addiction counselor. This course is designed        for Social and Rehabilitation Services (SRS)
for those pursuing a career in addictions           and AAPS credential.                                    BS 212. Abnormal Psychology. 3 hours credit.
counseling or some other helping profession.                                                             Prerequisite: BS 160 with a C or better. This
Required for SRS/AAPS certification.                   BS 130. Assessment and Documentation:             course will enable the student to engage in more
                                                    Addictions. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: BS 115     meaningful interactions with others through
   BS 126. Gerontology. 3 hours credit. This        with a C or better. This course will enable the      the evaluation of disordered behaviors with
course will examine the process of aging. The       student to maintain client records, evaluate         emphasis placed on the etiology and treatment.
various interrelationships among social,            the need for treatment, determine the most           The student will examine the history, diagnosis
biological, psychological, and economic             appropriate placement, create an effective           and classification of mental disorders.
factors which influence individual planning         treatment plan, and document the course of
and progress for the aging will be considered.      treatment. This course is designed for those            BS 217. Group Counseling II: Addictions. 3 hours
                                                    pursuing a career in addictions counseling.          credit. Prerequisites: BS 115, BS 116, BS 117, BS
   BS 127. Medical High Risks: Addictions. 1 hour   Required for SRS/AAPS certification.                 121, BS 124, BS 130, and BS 128 with a GPA of
credit. This course will equip the student with                                                          3.0 and/or equivalent curriculum/GPA from an
knowledge regarding medical and                         BS 131. Family Issues: Addictions. 2 hours       accredited college/university. This course will
psychological problems associated with              credit. This course will enable the student to       enable the student to further develop skills in
substance use, abuse and dependence.                have a working knowledge of dependency and           group counseling through an advanced study of
Prevention and treatment of health problems         its effects on the family and significant            group processes, the study of development of
and community health resources will be              others. Characteristics and dynamics of              techniques, and the use of specific techniques
covered. This course is designed for those          families will be explored along with models of       through group facilitation in treating people
pursuing a career in addictions counseling or       diagnosis and intervention. This course is           with substance use disorders. It is required for
another helping profession. Required for            designed for those pursuing a career in              an Associates in Applied Science degree in
SRS/AAPS certification.                             addictions counseling and/or another helping         Addictions Counseling.
                                                    profession. Required for SRS/AAPS
                                                    certification.                                          BS 220. Minority Studies. 3 hours credit. This
                                                                                                         course will enable the student to examine the
                                                                                                         major issues and problems of minority group
                                                                                                         membership using different perspectives.




 120 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                                WHERE power LIVES
   BS 222. Dealing with Diversity. 3 hours credit.      (CD) EARLY CHILDHOOD                                   CD 125. Child Nutrition and Health. 3 credit
This course will enable the student to analyze                                                              hours. This course will enable the student to
relations among different groups. The student
                                                              EDUCATION                                     demonstrate an understanding of the basic
will be able to learn how a groups experience            CD 115. Creative Experiences for Young Children    factors that affect child health, safety, and
impacts each member’s interaction patterns.          I. 3 hours credit. This course will enable the         nutrition. The student will be able to design
The student will be able to learn strategies to      student to construct and maintain an                   and implement educational experiences, and
manage inter-group tensions in a                     environment for young children that fosters            identify and apply the nutritional guidelines
multicultural/global society.                        aesthetic sensitivity and creativity. The student      appropriate for young children. The student
                                                     will focus on the selection, construction,             will focus on the provision of a healthy and
                                                     evaluation, and use of materials, activities, and      safe environment, practical information on
   BS 225. Introduction to Forensic Psychology. 3
hours credit. Prerequisite: AJ 121 and BS 160        experiences that will encourage the young              the Food Guide Pyramid, and meal planning
with a C or better. This course will enable the      child’s creativity in the visual arts, music, body     for young children.
student to understand the relationship               movement, dramatic play, language, science,
between psychology, law, and ethical issues          mathematics, nutrition, social studies, and
                                                                                                               CD 135. First Start: Care of Infants and Toddlers
demonstrating how psychological research             health and safety curriculum areas.
                                                                                                            with Disabilities. 3 hours credit. This course will
and theory can inform and influence the legal                                                               enable the student to provide quality care and
system.                                                   CD 121. Creative Experiences for Young Children   education to young children with disabilities
                                                     II. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite: CD 115 with a C      and chronic conditions. This includes issues
                                                     or better. This course will enable the student         of positioning, feeding, adaptive equipment,
   BS 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.       to recognize and develop developmentally               family dynamics, inclusion, and invasive
Topics of specific interest to the student will      appropriate seasonal and holiday activities for        procedures.
be developed. These topics will be established       young children of various ages and abilities.
by the student’s needs or requirements. Areas        The course will enable the student to
                                                                                                               CD 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate
of specific needs will be pursued and                demonstrate techniques used with young                 education with on-the-job experience. See
instructional material that lends itself to          children to promote their socio-emotional,             Internships section of this catalog for a
current trends or topics needed to                   cognitive, physical, language, and creative            complete description of these courses.
supplement normal classroom instruction              areas of development.
will be offered.                                                                                               CD 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative
                                                        CD 122 Principles of Early Childhood Education I.   Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education
                                                     3 credit hours. This course will enable the            with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative
   BS 255/256. Special Topics – Addictions
                                                     student to design and implement a                      Education section of this catalog for a
Counseling. 2 hours credit. Prerequisite:
Approval of division dean and instructor.            developmentally appropriate curriculum and             complete description of these courses.
Topics of specific interest to the student will      environment, comply with state licensing
be developed. These topics will be established       regulations, and participate in professional
                                                                                                                CD 213. Licensed Home Daycare Practicum I. 3
by student’s needs or requirements. Areas of         development in the early childhood field. The
                                                                                                            hours credit. Prerequisite: Three credit hours
specific needs will be pursued and                   student will focus on history, principles,
                                                                                                            of early childhood education (CD) classes with
instructional material that lends itself to          philosophy, teaching practices and
                                                                                                            a C or better. This course will enable the
current trends or topics that are needed to          approaches, as well as career opportunities in
                                                                                                            student to develop and implement
supplement normal classroom instruction              the field of early childhood education.
                                                                                                            developmentally appropriate practices (DAP)
will be offered.                                                                                            and environments for young children in a
                                                          CD 123. Principles of Early Childhood Education   licensed home daycare setting, prepare policy
   BS 260. Developmental Psychology. 3 hours         II. 3 hours credit. This course will enable the        and procedures, establish recordkeeping, and
credit. Prerequisite: BS 160 with a C or better      student to examine new trends, careers, and            track enrollment appropriate for home
or departmental approval. This course will           professional development initiatives in early          daycare. This course requires a minimum of
enable the student to engage in more                 childhood. The student will design                     150 hours of working directly with children in
meaningful interactions with others through          developmentally appropriate curriculum,                a licensed home daycare setting.
evaluation of human development from                 positive guidance techniques, and methods for
conception through death. The student will           enhancing social, emotional, language
examine the continuity of human                      development. This course will enable the
development throughout the life span and also        student to apply the state laws and regulations
examine genetic and environmental                    to provide quality care for young children.
influences upon the individual.
                                                        CD 124. Infant and Toddler Development. 3 hours
                                                     credit. This course will enable the student to
   BS 270. Child Psychology. 3 hours credit.
Prerequisite: BS 160 with a C or better. This        understand the physical, mental, emotional,
course will enable the student to understand         and social growth of the child from conception
child behavior and development from the              through the second year. The student will be
prenatal period through adolescence. Special         able to apply the knowledge he/she gains to
emphasis will be given to topics of                  discuss contemporary issues in group care,
intellectual, emotional, social and physical         critique the quality of center care, assess the
development.                                         developmental level of infants and toddlers,
                                                     apply guidance techniques, and develop safe
                                                     and appropriate toys and creative activities.


                                                                                                                           2009 - 2010 CATALOG 121
        WHERE power LIVES
   CD 214. Licensed Home Daycare Practicum II. 3       CD 223. Child Care Practicum I. 3 hours credit.      CD 231. Early Childhood Mentoring II. 1 hour
hours credit. Prerequisite: CD 213 with a C or      Prerequisite: Six hours of early childhood           credit. Prerequisite: CD 230 with a C or better.
better, and six credit hours of early childhood     courses, or 2 years of experience in a licensed      This course will enable the student to outline
education (CD) classes with a C or better. This     facility, or permission from instructor. This        and organize an effective mentoring
course will enable the student to gain an           course will enable the student to demonstrate        programming, develop skills in conflict
operational understanding of community              an understanding of the Kansas Statutes and          resolution, effective communication, and
resources that support the care, nurturance,        Regulations for Licensing Preschools and             advocacy, and to compile resources for
and education of young children and their           Child Care Centers. The student will be able to      personal and professional growth and service.
families. This includes parental involvement        use concepts of observation and evaluation in        The mentoring program developed by the
opportunities and conferencing skills as well       licensed centers, with individual children,          student will be grounded in the principles of
as lesson planning, instructional, and group        and in a self-reflective process. Field              adult education.
management skills. This course will guide the       experience allows the student to implement
student in the accreditation process and            an understanding of age appropriate                     CD 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
development of a professional development           curriculum for infant, toddler, and preschool        Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.
plan. The student will be provided with             age children.                                        Topics of specific interest to the student will be
professional contacts and resources to                                                                   developed. These topics will be established by
support his/her continuing professional                CD 224. Child Care Practicum II. 3 hours          student needs or requirements. Areas of
development. This course requires 150 hours         credit. Prerequisite: CD 223 with a C or better      specific needs will be pursued and instructional
of working directly with children in a licensed     and six additional child care and education          material that lends itself to current trends or
home daycare setting.                               hours. This course involves a minimum of 150         topics that are needed to supplement normal
                                                    hours working directly with children or 100          classroom instruction will be offered.
   CD 219. Parenting. 3 hours credit. A course to   hours directly with children and 50 hours
assist students in skill development in the         with administrative aspects. It includes                       (CH) CHEMISTRY
communications, and in building a positive          classroom participation and evaluation,
                                                                                                             CH 050. Math Review for the Sciences. 1 hour
self image in children. Also included are skills    curriculum planning, and actual teaching             credit. This course will enable the student to
necessary to enhance parent or teacher              experiences.                                         apply mathematical concepts in the sciences.
interaction techniques with children.                                                                    The student should realize, however that this
                                                       CD 225. Interaction Techniques with Young         course is only a representative sample of the
   CD 220. Early Childhood Program and              Children. 3 hours credit. This course will           mathematics needed. This course is designed
Curriculum Planning. 3 hours credit. This course    enable the student to apply effective and            to support Basic and Applied Physics, Geology,
will enable the student to recognize a safe,        creative guidance techniques while creating a        Astronomy, Physical Science, Basic Chemistry,
healthy, developmentally appropriate                positive early childhood learning                    Chemistry I and General Physics mathematics.
preschool program. The student will apply           environment. The student will be able to
developmentally appropriate practices               establish positive social expectations for a
                                                                                                             CH 105. Basic Chemistry. 5 hours credit.
through course work application exercises.          group of children and effectively evaluate and       Prerequisite: Placement score or MA 060 with a
                                                    manage difficult behaviors based on                  C or better. This course will enable the student
   CD 221. Early Childhood Program and              children’s individual needs and                      to understand the scientific method, improve
Curriculum Planning Lab. 1 hour credit. Taken       developmental abilities in cooperation with          knowledge of basic math skills, be able to read,
concurrently with Early Childhood Program           the children’s families and relevant                 communicate, and understand scientific
and Curriculum Planning (CD 220). Students          professionals.                                       materials, and apply scientific reasoning to real
apply skills developed in CD 220. Fifty hours                                                            world problems. The student will learn the
working directly in a licensed child care              CD 230. Early Childhood Mentoring I. 1 hour       fundamental principles of general chemistry
center are required. The student will               credit. Prerequisite: 10 credit hours of early       and basic laboratory techniques. This course is
document applied skills of the 13 functional        childhood education or permission from               designed for the student who has not taken high
areas of the Child Development Association          instructor. This course will provide                 school chemistry. A student may enroll in CH
(CDA) Competency Standards.                         individuals working in the early childhood           230 after completion of this course. Three
                                                    field the basic foundation needed for                hours of lecture/recitation and three hours
   CD 222. Child Care Administration. 3 hours       developing mentoring relationships. Students         laboratory per week.
credit. This course will enable the student to      will have the opportunity to develop their
implement the principles of administration          skills in communication, leadership and
                                                                                                            CH 110. College Chemistry I. 5 hours credit.
and organization of child care programs. The        application of adult education theory. This          Prerequisite: High school chemistry, or CH 105
student will focus on record keeping,               course will provide practical and supportive         with a C or better and two units of high school
budgeting, facility management, family              ways to learn and grow on the job and is             algebra or MA 120 with a C or better. This
involvement, and the hiring, training,              designed to help managers and supervisors            course will enable the student to understand the
supervision, and evaluation of staff.               plan, implement, and evaluate mentoring.             scientific method; improve knowledge of basic
                                                                                                         math skills; be able to read, communicate, and
                                                                                                         understand scientific materials; and apply
                                                                                                         scientific reasoning to real world problems. The
                                                                                                         student will study chemical principles and
                                                                                                         his/her application. There are three
                                                                                                         single/recitation periods with two, two hour
                                                                                                         labs per week.



 122 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                           WHERE power LIVES
   CH 115. College Chemistry II. 5 hours credit.    (CP) COOPERATIVE                                      CP 194. Internship II. 3 hours credit.
Prerequisite: CH 110 with a C or better and                                                            Prerequisites: CP 193 with a C or better and
MA 131. This course will enable the student to
                                                    EDUCATION - INTERNSHIPS                            the student must secure a suitable internship
continue learning the chemistry of metallic           See Internships in the Cooperative               in a related field. This course is the second in
elements and their compounds as well as the         Education section of this catalog for a            a series of two internship courses and will
elementary principles of analytical chemistry.      complete description of these courses.             enable the student to demonstrate greater
The student will also learn to solve problems                                                          competence in work environment skills
dealing with solution concentrations,                      (CP) COOPERATIVE                            and/or apply extended classroom learning to
chemical equilibrium, solubility products,                    EDUCATION                                the work site. The student will work a
buffers, thermodynamics, and                           Students enrolled in Cooperative                minimum of 75 hours throughout the
electrochemistry. An introduction to nuclear        Education earn college credit while gaining        semester for each credit awarded. Internships
and/or organic chemistry may be included.           valuable work experience, providing the            are for a specific period of time and may serve
Laboratory experiments incorporate analysis,        following conditions are met.                      as a precursor to professional employment.
synthesis, and acquisition of quantitative and
qualitative data. Three hours of                    Students must:                                         CP 197. Cooperative Education. 6 hours credit.
lecture/recitation and four hours of laboratory     • Be employed in their major field of study or     Prerequisites: Employment in a related field
per week.                                           their career field.                                or major program of study. The first in a series
                                                    • Work 75 clock hours for each credit hour         of four courses, this course will enable the
   CH 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate      enrolled in Cooperative Education.                 student to expand knowledge on the job that
education with on-the-job experience. See           • Complete academic assignments related to         complements the student’s academic
Internships section of this catalog for a           their job or career goals.                         education. The student will work a minimum
complete description of these courses.              • Master competencies set out in a brief           of 75 hours throughout the semester for each
                                                    training plan developed by the student,            credit earned.
   CH 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative           supervisor and faculty coordinator.
Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education                                                         CP 198. Cooperative Education II 6 hours credit.
with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative            A faculty coordinator will be assigned to       Prerequisites: CP 197 with a C or better and
Education section of this catalog for a             assist, monitor and evaluate the student’s         employment in a related field or major
complete description of these courses.              progress during the semester. All student          program of study. The second in a series of four
                                                    work is incorporated in a portfolio provided       courses, this course will enable the student to
   CH 230. General Organic Chemistry. 5 hours       by the Cooperative Education Department.           expand knowledge on the job. The student will
credit. Prerequisite: CH 105 or CH 110. Three                                                          work a minimum of 75 hours throughout the
single lecture/discussion periods and four             Students may enroll for 2-6 credits per         semester for each credit earned.
laboratory periods per week. Designed to            semester and a total of 24 credits while at
cover briefly the aliphatic and aromatic series.    Butler. Credit earned in Cooperative                  CP 297. Cooperative Education III. 6 hours
                                                    Education satisfies elective credit                credit. Prerequisites: CP 198 with a C or
   CH 240. Organic Chemistry I. 5 hours credit.     requirements in most Butler programs of            better, employment in a related field or major
Prerequisite: CH 115. Three single                  study and is accepted by many area schools         program of study. The third in a series of four
lecture/discussion periods and fours hours of       and colleges.                                      courses, this course will enable the student to
laboratory periods per week. A study of                                                                demonstrate greater competence in work
beginning organic chemistry with emphasis              Internships are also available. The purpose     environment skills. The student will work a
on aliphatic and aromatic compounds.                of an internship is to allow the student an        minimum of 75 hours throughout the
                                                    opportunity to explore and observe a career        semester for each credit earned.
   CH 245. Organic Chemistry II. 5 hours credit.    field of their choice. Students may enroll for
Prerequisite: CH 240. Three single                  1-3 credit hours per semester in an                   CP 298. Cooperative Education IV. 6 hours
lecture/discussion periods and four hours of        internship.                                        credit. Prerequisites: CP 297 with a C or better
laboratory periods per week. A continuation                                                            and employment in a related field of major
of CH 240 with emphasis upon the structures,           For more information or assistance in           program of study. The fourth in a series of
synthesis, and reactions of principle               seeking a job, contact the Cooperative             four courses, this course will enable the
functional groups and compounds of                  Education office at (316) 218-6125.                student to demonstrate greater competence in
biological interest, with some advanced topics                                                         work environment skills. The student will
such as dyes, polymers, and heterocyclic                CP 193. Internship 1. 3 hours credit.          work a minimum of 75 hours throughout the
chemistry.                                          Prerequisites: The student must secure a           semester for each credit earned.
                                                    suitable internship position in a related field.
   CH 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.      This course will enable the student to gain        COMPUTER INFORMATION
Prerequisite: Approval of division dean and
instructor. Topics of specific interest to the
                                                    exposure to the work environment and/or
                                                                                                           TECHNOLOGY
                                                    apply classroom learning to the work site. The
student will be developed in this course. Areas     student will work a minimum of 75 hours                   (See IN)
of specific needs will be pursued and               throughout the semester for each credit
instructional material that lends itself to         awarded. Internships are for a specific period
current trends or topics that are needed to         of time and may serve as a precursor to
supplement normal classroom instruction             professional employment.
will be offered.



                                                                                                                     2009 - 2010 CATALOG 123
         WHERE power LIVES
              (DN) DANCE                                 DN 137. Beginning Tap Dance. 1 hour credit. A           DN 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate
                                                      dance and exercise class that will start with the       education with on-the-job experience. See
   DN 125. Dance Team I. 2 hours credit.
Prerequisite: Selection by audition. This             basics of tap dancing. The course is designed to        Internships section of this catalog for a
course is the introductory level of dance team.       teach techniques of tap through various                 complete description of these courses.
Participating students will be chosen through         exercises utilizing the barre and center,
an audition process. Dancers will achieve work        resulting in two or three tap routines                     DN 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative
in flexibility, strength and endurance through        choreographed by the instructor.                        Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education
the use of proper technique in various styles of                                                              with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative
dance team choreography. Students will engage            DN 138. Tap Dance II. 1 hour credit.                 Education section of this catalog for a
in polished performance presentations.                Prerequisite: DN 137 with a C or better. A dance        complete description of these courses.
                                                      and exercise class that is a continuation of
   DN 126. Dance Team II. 2 hours credit.             Beginning Tap Dance. Students will also learn              DN 225. Dance Team III. 2 hours credit. Pre-
Prerequisite:                                         choreography skills and will choreograph and            requisite: DN 126 and selection by audition.
DN 125 and selection by audition. Participating       perform their own routine at the end of the             This course is the third level of dance team.
students will be chosen through an audition           semester.                                               Participating students will be chosen through
process. Dancers will achieve work in                                                                         an audition process. Dancers will achieve
flexibility, strength and endurance through the          DN 140. Choreography I. 1 hour credit.               maximum work in flexibility, strength and
use of proper technique in various styles of          Prerequisite: A special dance audition prior to         endurance through the use of proper
dance team choreography. Students will engage         the first day of class. Choreography I is an            technique in various styles of dance team
in polished performance presentations.                introductory course in the craft and art of             choreography. Students will engage in
                                                      creating dances using improvisation as the              professional performance presentations and
   DN 130. Modern Dance I. 2 hours credit. This       means for investigating movement concepts.              be confident leaders within the team.
course will enable the introductory level             Space, time and force factors, sound and
student to explore the art theory and history of      musical forms, drama and literature, emotions,             DN 226. Dance Team IV. 2 hours credit. Pre-
Modern Dance. The student will participate in         solo, small group and large group are concepts          requisite: DN 225 and selection by audition.
movement expression through technique,                that will be experienced to inform the student of       This course is the fourth level of dance team.
improvisation, composition, and performance.          the range of possibility in making and learning         Participating students will be chosen through
                                                      dances. Students will master and perform                an audition process. Dancers will achieve
   DN 131. Modern Dance II. 2 hours credit.           dance repertoire throughout the semester.               maximum work in flexibility, strength,
Prerequisite: DN 130 with a C or better. This                                                                 endurance through the use of proper
course will enable the advanced beginning                 DN 141. Choreography II. 1 hour credit.             technique in various styles of dance team
level student to explore the art and history of       Prerequisite: DN 140 with a C or better.                choreography. Students will engage in
Modern Dance. The student will participate in         Choreography II is an intermediate course in            professional performance presentations and
movement expression through technique,                the craft and art of creating dances using              be confident leaders within the team.
improvisation, composition, and performance.          improvisation as the means for investigating
                                                      movement concepts. Space, time and force                   DN 230. Modern Dance III. 2 hours credit.
   DN 133. Beginning Jazz Dance. 1 hour credit.       factors, sound and musical forms, drama and             Prerequisite: DN 131 with a C or better. This
Dancers in this course will achieve beginning         literature, emotions, solo, small group and large       course will enable the intermediate level
technical and performance skills through              group are concepts that will be experienced to          student to explore the art and history of
participation in a bi-weekly dance class and          inform the student of the range of possibility in       Modern Dance. The student will participate in
culminating dance performance.                        making and leaning dances. Students will                movement expression through technique,
                                                      master and perform dance repertoire                     improvisation, composition, and
   DN 134. Jazz Dance II. 1 hour credit.              throughout the semester.                                performance.
Prerequisite: DN 133 with a C or better.
Dancers in this course will achieve advanced
                                                          DN 145. Irish Step-Dancing I. 2 hour credit. This      DN 231. Modern Dance IV. 2 hours credit.
beginning technical and performance skills
                                                      is an introduction to Irish step-dancing                Prerequisite: DN 230 with a C or better. This
through participation in a bi-weekly dance
                                                      techniques and styles, emphasizing work in              course will enable the advanced level student
class and culminating dance performance.
                                                      soft-shoe and hard-shoe step-dancing, body              to explore the art and history of Modern
                                                      placement, strength, flexibility, endurance,            Dance. The student will participate in
   DN 135. Ballet I. 1 hour credit. This class will
                                                      balance, weight shift, coordination and rhythm.         movement expression through technique,
enable the introductory level student to
                                                      Students will explore the history and                   improvisation, composition, and
explore the art and theory of Classical Ballet.
                                                      development of Irish step-dancing.                      performance.
The student will participate in a
comprehensive ballet class that allows for the
development of introductory ballet technique.            DN 146. Irish Step-Dancing II. 2 hour credit.           DN 233. Jazz Dance III. 1 hour credit.
                                                      Prerequisite: DN 145 with a C or better. This is a      Prerequisite: DN 134 Jazz dance II. In this
   DN 136. Ballet II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:    continuation of Irish step-dancing techniques           course the student will participate in a bi-
DN 135 with a C or better. This class will            and styles, emphasizing advanced work in soft-          weekly intermediate jazz dance class.
enable the continuing ballet student to further       shoe and hard-shoe step-dancing, body                   Emphasis will be on strengthening body
explore the art and theory of Classical Ballet.       placement, strength, flexibility, endurance,            placement, flexibility, and endurance through
The student will participate in a                     balance, weight shift, coordination, and                proper technique.
comprehensive ballet class that allows for the        rhythm. The effects of Irish Step-Dancing on
advancement of ballet technique.                      other forms of dance is explored.



 124 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                              WHERE power LIVES
   DN 234. Jazz Dance lV. 1 hour credit.                 DN 253/254. Special Topics. 3 credit hours.             (ED) EDUCATION/
Prerequisite: DN 233 Jazz Dance III. In this          Prerequisite: Approval of division dean and
course the student will participate in a bi-          instructor. Topics of specific interest to the
                                                                                                               PARAPROFESSIONAL
weekly advanced intermediate jazz dance               student will be developed. These topics will be         ED 130. Principles of Paraprofessionalism. 3
class. Students will advance personal                 established by student’s needs or                   hours credit. This course is an introductory
technique and performance skills.                     requirements. Areas of specific needs will be       course which will provide a broad knowledge
                                                      pursued and instructional material that lends       of the laws governing educational, social or
                                                      itself to current trends or topics that are         health agencies and an understanding of the
   DN 235. Ballet III. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:
DN 136 with a C or better. This class will            needed to supplement normal classroom               roles and responsibilities of the
enable the advancing ballet student to further        instruction will be offered.                        paraprofessional, or aide. In addition, this
explore the art and theory of Classical Ballet.                                                           course will require the development of
The student will participate in a                            EARLY CHILDHOOD                              educational, social and personal skills
                                                                                                          necessary to maximize success while the
comprehensive ballet class that allows for the                  EDUCATION                                 paraprofessional works with or under the
further advancement in ballet technique.
                                                                  (See CD)                                professional in the structured work
                                                                                                          environment.
   DN 236. Ballet IV. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:
DN 235 with a C or better. This class will                     (EC) ECONOMICS                                ED 134. Practicum: Early Childhood Special
enable the advancing student to experience
                                                         EC 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate      Education Paraprofessional. 3 hours credit. This
the art and theory of Classical Ballet. The           education with on-the-job experience. See
student will participate in a comprehensive                                                               course will enable the student to understand
                                                      Internships section of this catalog for a           his/her role and responsibilities in the
ballet technique class that allows for the            complete description of these courses.
continued improvement in technical and                                                                    classroom, to understand the purpose,
artistic ballet skills.                                                                                   components, and process of an Individualized
                                                         EC 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative           Education Plan (IEP) and the Individualized
                                                      Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education   Family Service Plan (IFSP), and to become
   DN 237. Tap Dance III. 1 hour credit.              with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative
                                                                                                          familiar with landmark legislation governing
Prerequisite: DN 138 with a C or better. A            Education section of this catalog for a
                                                                                                          special education including Individuals with
continuation of DN 138, Tap Dance II.                 complete description of these courses.
                                                                                                          Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), Americans
                                                         EC 200. Principles of Microeconomics. 3 hours    with Disabilities Act (ADA), and No Child Left
   DN 238. Tap Dance IV. 1 hour credit.
                                                      credit. Algebra is strongly recommended.            Behind Act (NCLB). In addition, this course
Prerequisite: DN 237 with a C or better. A
                                                      This course will enable the student to apply        will enable the student to understand the
continuation of DN 237, Tap Dance III.
                                                      economic concepts to personal and work              purpose of a specific curriculum and his/her
                                                      related decision making, to personal, social,       role in implementing it, to develop a variety of
    DN 240. Choreography III. 1 hour credit.
                                                      and work related problem solving, and to            instructional strategies and apply strategies
Prerequisite: DN 141 with a C or better.
                                                      understanding the actions and choices of            for reinforcement of skills introduced by the
Choreography III is an intermediate course in
                                                      other people. The student will study basic          teacher, to interpret lesson plans and develop
the craft and art of creating dances using
                                                      economic concepts such as supply, demand,           activities to implement the plan. The student
improvisation as the means for investigating
                                                      elasticity, consumer utility, production costs,     will complete a minimum of 150 hours of work
movement concepts. Space, time, and force
                                                      market structures, and factor markets.              in a classroom that serves children with
factors, sound and musical forms, drama and
                                                                                                          special needs.
literature, emotions, solo, small group and
large group are concepts that will be                    EC 201. Principles of Macroeconomics. 3 hours
experienced to inform the student of the              credit. This course will enable the student to         ED 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate
                                                      appraise the economic concepts and                  education with on-the-job experience. See
range of possibility in making and learning
                                                      arguments contained in the commentary of            Internships section of this catalog for a
dances. Students will master and perform
                                                      policy makers in terms of the major schools of      complete description of these courses.
dance repertoire throughout the semester.
                                                      macroeconomic thought. The student will
                                                      learn classical theory, Keynesian theory, and          ED 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative
    DN 241. Choreography IV. 1 hour credit.
Prerequisite: DN 240 with a C or better.              monetary theory, how to calculate the various       Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education
                                                      macroeconomic measures, and will apply both         with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative
Choreography IV is an intermediate course in
                                                      theory and measurement to the current               Education section of this catalog for a
the craft and art of creating dances using
                                                      macroeconomic situation. Algebra is strongly        complete description of these courses.
improvisation as the means for investigating
movement concepts. Space, time, and force             recommended before enrolling in this course.
factors, sound and musical forms, drama and
                                                         EC 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
literature, emotions, solo, small group and           Prerequisite: Approval of division dean and
large group are concepts that ill be                  instructor. Topics of specific interest to the
experienced to inform the student of the              student will be developed. These topics will be
range of possibility in making and learning           established by the student’s needs or
dances. Students will master and perform              requirements. Areas of specific needs will be
dance repertoire throughout the semester.             pursued and instructional material that lends
                                                      itself to current trends or topics that are
                                                      needed to supplement normal classroom
                                                      instruction will be offered.


                                                                                                                       2009 - 2010 CATALOG 125
         WHERE power LIVES
   ED 206. Introduction to Teaching. 3 hours              ED 260. Content Area Literacy. 3 hours credit.      EG 050. Paragraph Groundwork. 1 hour credit.
credit. Prerequisite: Must have sophomore             The course will enable the student to examine        Prerequisite: EG 040 with a C or better or
standing. This course will enable the student         the basic theories and strategies for active         instructor approval based on diagnostic
to gain valuable insight into the teaching            literacy in any content area. Specific               testing beyond pre-determined ASSET
profession through hands-on exploration of            classroom activities for cross-disciplinary          Writing score. This course will enable the
current theories in pedagogy. The student will        reading, writing, speaking, and listening are        student to identify and correct fragment, run-
gather, assemble, review and analyze                  explored throughout the course. The student          on, and comma splice errors in his/her
information helpful in choosing career                will develop an understanding of the critical        sentences. The student will write focused,
options in the teaching field. The student will       role teachers have in creating learning              organized, supported paragraphs using the
organize leadership tasks and develop the             environments where all students can                  steps of the writing process.
necessary skills to continue preparation for          experience success in their literacy learning.
teaching. To better understand the                                                                            EG 060. Fundamentals of English. 3 hours
complexities of the teaching profession, the             ED 265. Teaching Diverse Populations. 3 hours     credit. Prerequisite: ASSET, COMPASS, or
student will participate/observe in a 30-hour         credit. This course will enable the student to       ACT placement score. This course will enable
classroom field experience (10 hours each in          examine the concepts, principles, theories,          the student to write paragraphs and an essay
the elementary, middle, and high school               and practices for teaching diverse                   that demonstrate grammatical,
classroom).                                           populations. The student will cultivate the          organizational, and analytical competence for
                                                      knowledge and skills necessary to function as        enrollment in an English Composition I
   ED 220. Introduction to the Exceptional Child. 3   effective teachers in multicultural classrooms.      course. The student will engage in intensive
hours credit. This course will enable the             Throughout the course the student will               review and practice of basic grammar and
student to assess and determine diversity             discover strategies for creating classroom           writing skills necessary for a college-level
among learners, from persons with                     learning environments that value and                 writing class.
disabilities to those who are gifted. The             integrate diversity and promote academic
student will understand the need for teachers         success for all students.                               EG 100. English Composition I with Review. 5
                                                                                                           hours credit. Prerequisite: A score at a
to work effectively with other professionals
                                                                                                           predetermined level on the ACT, SAT or
and families to develop appropriate individual           ED 270. Teaching and Learning Processes. 3        ASSET exam, a grade of C or above in EG 060
education plans for special needs learners in         hours credit. The course will enable the
                                                                                                           or instructor consent. This course requires a
the classroom. The student will apply the             student to examine various theories related to
                                                                                                           review and practice of basic grammar, writing
public laws and mandates that pertain to              human development, learning, intelligence,
                                                                                                           and reading skills needed for a college-level
special education, assuring appropriate               motivation, and assessment, as well as their
                                                                                                           writing course; and the study of rhetorical
education for special needs learners. The             corresponding approaches to teaching. The
                                                                                                           structures as applied to effective writing and
student will observe/participate for 10 hours         student will develop an understanding and
                                                                                                           communication. Regular writing assignments
in either a general classroom that has special        appreciation for the diverse learning needs of
                                                                                                           are an integral part of the course.
students included or in a special education           students, as well as the skills necessary for
classroom setting.                                    effectively teaching to multiple learning               EG 101. English Composition I. 3 hours credit.
                                                      styles.                                              Prerequisite: A score at a predetermined level
   ED 222. Instructional Technology. 3 hours                                                               on a diagnostic instrument selected by the
credit. This course will enable the student to           ED 275. Classroom Management and Discipline.      English Department or EG 060 with a C or
facilitate learning with technology for               3 hours credit. This course will enable the          better. This course will enable the student to
elementary and secondary students. By                 student to create a learning environment that        communicate effectively through a variety of
exploring current theories of computer                encourages positive social interactions and          writing and reading activities to develop
pedagogy and by participating in a classroom          effective communication in the classroom.            knowledge, skills, and critical thinking. The
practicum, the student will work with                 The student will focus on the differences in         student will recognize the importance of the
practicing teachers to plan, develop, review,         teaching and learning styles and how they            grammatical and rhetorical structure of
facilitate, and analyze a comprehensive lesson        influence classroom management. The                  language as applied to greater effectiveness
plan that requires elementary or secondary            student will explore a range of models and           and clarity in writing. The student will
students to use technology for engaged                strategies that will serve as a foundation for       recognize the process and importance of
content learning.                                     developing a personal approach to classroom          creating clear and accurate documents.
                                                      management.
   ED 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.                                                                EG 102. English Composition II. 3 hours credit.
Prerequisite: Approval of division dean and                       (EG) ENGLISH                             Prerequisite: EG 101 with a C or better. This
instructor. Topics of specific interest to the                                                             course will enable the student to further
                                                         EG 040. Sentence Structure. 1 hour credit.
student will be developed. These topics will be       Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined            develop his/her knowledge, skills, and
established by the student’s needs or                 level in writing on a diagnostic and placement       understanding of writing and reading with
requirements. Areas of specific needs will be         instrument. Additional diagnostic testing will       emphasis on thought-provoking writing
pursued and instructional material that lends         be used to verify correct placement. This            topics and argumentative writing strategies.
itself to current trends or topics that are           course will enable the student to construct          Because research provides a basis for most of
needed to supplement normal classroom                 complete simple, compound, and complex               the writing assignments in the course, the
instruction will be offered.                          sentences by applying grammar concepts               student will improve knowledge, skills, and
                                                      learned.                                             critical thinking in regard to writing and
                                                                                                           reading, and will demonstrate proficiency in
                                                                                                           library and research skills.



 126 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                              WHERE power LIVES
   EG 104. Creative Writing. 3 hours credit. This        EN 103. Residential Design and CAD I. 3 hours       EN 207. AutoCAD Advanced. 3 hours credit.
course is intended for students interested and        credit. Prerequisite: EN 101 with a C better.       Prerequisites: EN 107 with a C or better, or
involved in the creative process of writing           This course will enable the student to              EN101 with a C or better, or instructor
fiction (short stories), poetry and drama.            understand and apply concepts of basic              approval. This course will enable the student
                                                      residential design and its integration into         to develop interest in customizing and
   EG 112. Technical Writing. 3 hours credit.         computer-aided design (CAD). The student            programming AutoCAD. Some of the skills
Prerequisite: EG 101 with a C or better. This         will analyze and design the necessary               learned include writing blocks, AutoLISP
course will enable the student to develop             elements needed for a residence.                    routines, attributes, customizing menus and
writing skills specific to careers in industry,                                                           inserting X-references.
science, engineering, and business. The                  EN 107. AutoCAD Basics. 3 hours credit.
student will recognize the importance of              Prerequisite: A score at a predetermined level         EN 211. Commercial Building Design and CAD. 3
clear, well- organized, detailed writing              in reading, writing, and math on a placement        hours credit. Prerequisite: EN 101 with a C or
directed at targeted audiences for specific           instrument. This course will enable the             better. This course will enable the student to
purposes. Regular writing assignments                 student to understand the basics of AutoCAD         understand and apply Computer-Aided
utilizing library resources will enable the           and its various applications. The student will      Design (CAD) in the design and drafting of
student to recognize the process of creating          learn how to set up AutoCAD and utilize basic       commercial building plans. Procedures in
clear and accurate documents.                         commands that are necessary to create quality       planning and drawing buildings for
                                                      drawings. Basic knowledge of computers and          manufacturing and merchandising, such as
   EG 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate        keyboarding skills are required.                    schools, clinics, churches, light and heavy
education with on-the-job experience. See
                                                                                                          construction will be addressed. All drawings
Internships section of this catalog for a
                                                         EN 115. Engineering Concepts. 2 hours credit.    will be completed with the use of (CAD).
complete description of these courses.
                                                      Prerequisite: MA 060 or its equivalent with a
                                                      C or better. This course will enable the               EN 214. 3D Modeling and CAD. 3 hours credit.
   EG 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative             student to formulate engineering problems           Prerequisite: EN 101 with a C or better. 3D
Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education     and use solution techniques in engineering          Modeling and CAD is a course covering the
with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative
                                                      design projects using software and hardware.        basics of three-dimensional applications in
Education section of this catalog for a
                                                                                                          computer-aided design (CAD). Covered 3-D
complete description of these courses.
                                                         EN 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate      topics will include: extrusions, orbits, faces,
                                                      education with on-the-job experience. See           surfaces, constructions, edges, and rendering.
   EG 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.        Internships section of this catalog for a
Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.
                                                      complete description of these courses.                 EN 217. Structural, Civil, and Pipe Design and
Topics of specific interest to the student will be
                                                                                                          CAD. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: EN 102 with
developed. These topics will be established by
                                                         EN 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative           a C or better. This course will enable the
the student’s needs or requirements. Areas of
                                                      Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education   student to understand the fundamentals of
specific needs will be pursued and
                                                      with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative         structural, civil, and pipe drafting and their
instructional material that lends itself to
                                                      Education section of this catalog for a             integration into computer-aided design
current trends or topics needed to supplement
                                                      complete description of these courses.              (CAD). The student will be introduced to
normal classroom instruction will be offered.
                                                                                                          draft, steel framing plans, steel connection
                                                                                                          details, pre-engineered metal buildings, plot
       (EN) ENGINEERING                                  EN 204. Surveying II. 3 hours credit.
                                                                                                          plans, plans and profiles, highway and road
                                                      Prerequisite: EN 104 with a C or better, or
           GRAPHICS                                   instructor approval. This course will enable        layouts, valves, joints, fittings, pumps, tanks,
       TECHNOLOGY/PRE-                                the student to understand more advanced             and vessels.
         ENGINEERING                                  methods of surveying and prepares the
                                                      student for more advanced surveying courses.           EN 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
   EN 101. Engineering Graphics I. 3 hours credit.    Topics that will be covered include contour         Prerequisite: Approval of division dean and
Prerequisite: EN 107 with a C or better or                                                                instructor. A score at a pre-determined level
                                                      maps and plans , cadastral surveying,
instructor’s approval. This course will enable                                                            in reading, writing, and numerical skills on a
                                                      traversing , latitudes and departures,
the student to apply the fundamentals of                                                                  placement instrument. Topics of specific
                                                      balancing angles, and electronic distance
drafting and integration into computer-aided                                                              interest to the student will be developed.
                                                      measurement characteristics.
design (CAD). The student will employ the use                                                             These topics will be established by the
of CAD in line work applications,                                                                         student’s needs or requirements. Areas of
                                                          EN 206. Engineering Graphics Capstone. 3
dimensioning, orthographic projection,                                                                    specific needs will be pursued and
                                                      hours credit. Prerequisite: Second semester
geometric constructions, isometric and                                                                    instructional material that lends itself to
                                                      program student or instructor’s approval.
auxiliary views, and section cuts.                                                                        current trends or topics that are needed to
                                                      Offered by appointment only. This course will
                                                      enable the student to further his/her               supplement normal classroom instruction
   EN 102. Engineering Graphics II. 3 hours credit.   knowledge and skills in an area of interest in      will be offered.
Prerequisite: EN 101 with a C or better. This
                                                      drafting or design. The student will complete
course will enable the student to expand his/her
                                                      all work under the direction of the instructor
skill in drafting and design, and its integration
                                                      with the aid of CAD.
into computer-aided design (CAD). The
student will use CAD to complete multiple
design projects and complete a team project.



                                                                                                                       2009 - 2010 CATALOG 127
        WHERE power LIVES
   EN 260. Statics. 3 hours credit.                 FRENCH                                                    FL 119. Beginning French II. 5 hours credit.
Prerequisites: PH 251 and MA 152 with a C or           Students enrolling in a foreign language            Prerequisite: FL 118 with a C or better or three
better. This is a course for pre-engineering        course (higher than Introduction I or                  units of high school French. This course will
students. It will enable the student to solve       Beginning I) may receive one time retroactive          enable the student to communicate using
problems involving composition and                  credit for the corresponding entry-level               fundamentals of basic vocabulary and
resolution of forces, equilibrium of force          course. For more information contact the lead          phrases, pronunciation, and reading and
systems, application of general laws of statics     instructor for foreign language or the                 writing. The student will also define cultural
to engineering problems, analysis of simple         registrar.                                             characteristics inherent to the target culture
structures, machine elements, centers of                                                                   and study the relevance of the target language
gravity, and moment of inertia.                        FL 113. Introduction to French I. 3 hours credit.   community as it reflects on his/her own life.
                                                    This course is designed for those beginning            This course is designed for the student who is
       (ET) ELECTRONICS                             their language study at a basic level and, by          continuing basic language study and
                                                    itself, generally only meets Humanities                preparing to pursue foreign language credits
   ET 112. Electrical Code - Journeyman. 3 hours
credit. Prerequisite: The student should have       requirements. This course will enable the              that fulfill degree requirements.
a minimum of two years experience in the            student to communicate using fundamentals
electrical trade and/or meet the governing          of basic vocabulary and phrases,                          FL 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
authority’s requirement to take the Experior        pronunciation, and reading and writing. The            Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.
three-hour, 80 question standard                    student will also be able to define cultural           Topics of specific interest to the student will
journeyman examination. This course will            characteristics inherent to the target culture.        be developed. These topics will be established
enable the student to develop the necessary         Through the manipulation of concepts                   by student needs or requirements. Areas of
skills to successfully complete the Experior        introduced in this courses the student will            specific needs will be pursued and
three-hour 80 question journeyman                   make connections to other disciplines. The             instructional material that lends itself to
examination. The course will identify and           student will learn the relevance of the target         current trends or topics needed to
examine all topics on the journeyman                language community as it reflects on their             supplement normal classroom instruction
examination.                                        own life.                                              will be offered.

   ET 113. Electrical Code - Masters. 3 hours          FL 114. Introduction to French II. 3 hours          GERMAN
credit. Prerequisite: The student should have       credit. Prerequisite: FL 113 with a C or better           Students enrolling in a foreign language
a minimum of two years experience in the            or two units of high school French. This               course (higher than Introduction I or
electrical trade and/or meet the governing          course is designed for those continuing their          Beginning I) may receive one time retroactive
authority’s requirement to take the Experior        basic language study and preparing                     credit for the corresponding entry-level
four-hour, 100 question standard masters            themselves to enroll for foreign language              course. For more information contact the lead
examination. This course will enable the            credits that fulfill degree requirements. This         instructor for foreign language or the registrar.
student to develop the necessary skills to          course will enable the student to minimally
successfully complete the Experior four-hour        communicate basic needs for survival in the                FL 116. Introduction to German I. 3 hours
masters 100 question examination. The               target language. The student will also produce         credit. This course is designed for those
course will identify and examine all topics on      necessary grammatical structures and                   beginning their language study at a basic level
the masters examination.                            authentic pronunciation for a native speaker           and, by itself, generally only meets
                                                    to understand. The student will also examine           Humanities requirements. This course will
     (EV) ENVIRONMENTAL                             cultural differences and similarities in their         enable the student to communicate using
                                                    target and native cultures. The student will           fundamentals of basic vocabulary and
         TECHNOLOGY                                 recognize the importance of participating in           phrases, pronunciation, and reading and
   EV 150 Environmental Issues. 3 hours credit.     multilingual communities at home and                   writing. The student will also be able to define
This course will enable the student to              around the world.                                      cultural characteristics inherent to the target
understand basic ecological principles and                                                                 culture. Through the manipulation of
apply these to relevant situations in daily life.      FL 118. Beginning French I. 5 hours credit.         concepts introduced in this course, the
Ecological principles include: basic ecology,       This course will enable the student to                 student will make connections to other
populations, air and water pollution, solid and     communicate using fundamentals of basic                disciplines. The student will learn the
hazardous waste, toxicology, human health,          vocabulary and phrases, pronunciation, and             relevance of the target language community as
energy, sustainability, and environmental           reading and writing. The student will also             it reflects on their own life.
solutions. This is a non-lab introductory           define cultural characteristics inherent to the
environmental science course.                       target culture, study the relevance of the target
                                                    language community as it reflects on his/her
(FL) FOREIGN LANGUAGES                              own life, and make connections to other
   Language classes at Butler are designed for      disciplines. This course is designed for the
novice through intermediate level learners.         student who is beginning basic language study
The needs of heritage-language speakers are of      and preparing to pursue foreign language
a more advanced nature and can better be met        credits that fulfill degree requirements.
with higher-level courses. Students are
encouraged to enroll in language courses other
than their native language. English courses do
not count as foreign language credit.



 128 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                          WHERE power LIVES
   FL 117. Introduction to German II. 3 hours        FL 107. Beginning Spanish I. 5 hours credit.        FL 205. Conversational Spanish I. 3 hours
credit. Prerequisite: FL 116 with a C or better   This course is designed for those beginning         credit. Prerequisites: FL 107 and FL 108 with
or two units of high school German. This          their basic language study and preparing            a C or better or 4 units of high school Spanish.
course is designed for those continuing their     themselves to enroll for foreign language           This course will enable the student to conduct
basic language study and preparing                credits that fulfill degree requirements. This      simple conversations successfully in Spanish,
themselves to enroll for foreign language         course will enable the student to                   as well as understand many articles written in
credits that fulfill degree requirements. This    communicate basic needs for survival in the         Spanish. Through information acquired in
course will enable the student to minimally       target language using fundamentals of basic         this course, the student will be able to
communicate basic needs for survival in the       vocabulary and phrases, authentic                   recognize a large number of cognates,
target language. The student will also produce    pronunciation for a native speaker to               strategies and rules for converting English
necessary grammatical structures and              understand, grammatical structures, reading         words to Spanish, hints for identifying large
authentic pronunciation for a native speaker      and writing. The student will be able to define     numbers of new words in Spanish, and
to understand. The student will also examine      cultural differences and similarities in their      formulas that use Spanish verbs to describe
cultural differences and similarities in their    target and native cultures. The student will        events in the past, present and future. This
target and native cultures. The student will      recognize the importance of multilingual            course is designed for the student who is
recognize the importance of participating in      communities at home and around the world            beginning basic oral study and preparing to
multilingual communities at home and              and how these affect their own life.                pursue foreign language credits that fulfill
around the world.                                                                                     degree requirements.
                                                     FL 108. Beginning Spanish II. 5 hours credit.
JAPANESE                                          Prerequisite: FL 107 with a C or better, or            FL 207. Conversational Spanish II. 3 hours
   Students enrolling in a foreign language       three to four units of high school Spanish.         credit. Prerequisite: FL 205 with a C or better
course (higher than Introduction I or             Beginning Spanish II continues the                  or approval of instructor. This course will
Beginning I) may receive one time retroactive     development of concepts that are necessary to       enable the student to conduct simple
credit for the corresponding entry-level          communicate in the target language. This            conversations successfully in Spanish, as well
course. For more information contact the lead     course further develops pronunciation to            as understand many articles written in
instructor for foreign language or the            improve all basic skills. Information on            Spanish. Through information acquired in
registrar.                                        Hispanic life and customs is included in each       this course, the student will be able to
                                                  unit as an integral part of language study.         recognize a large number of cognates,
   FL 125. Introduction to Japanese I. 3 hours                                                        strategies and rules for converting English
credit. Study includes fundamentals of               FL 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate      words to Spanish, hints for identifying large
                                                  education with on-the-job experience. See
pronunciation, vocabulary building, practice                                                          numbers of new words in Spanish, and
                                                  Internships section of this catalog for a
in understanding and speaking phrases,                                                                formulas that use Spanish verbs to describe
                                                  complete description of these courses.
reading and writing. Japanese culture,                                                                events in the past, present and future. This
geography and art are also included. Course          FL 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative           course is designed for the student who is
objectives are based on the National              Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education   continuing basic oral study and preparing to
Standards as set forth by ACTFL for the novice    with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative         pursue foreign language credits that fulfill
level.                                            Education section of this catalog for a             degree requirements.
                                                  complete description of these courses.
   FL 126. Introduction to Japanese II. 3 hours                                                          FL 233. Spanish for Heritage Language
credit. Prerequisite: FL 125 with a C or better      FL 201. Intermediate Spanish. 5 hours credit.    Speakers I. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:
or two units of high school Japanese. This        Prerequisite: FL 108 with a C or better, or four    Instructor approval. This course will enable
course includes the fundamentals of               years of high school Spanish. A thorough            the student to capitalize upon his/her existing
pronunciation, vocabulary building, practice      review and expansion of the basic structures of     language skills, expand his/her knowledge
in understanding and speaking phrases,            the language. Reading will be expanded to           base and develop his/her ability to read, write
reading and writing. Japanese culture, history    simple cultural and literary texts. The             and communicate more effectively in the
and art will also be studied.                     communicative skills will be strongly               language. The student will recognize regional
                                                  emphasized demanding some basic-level essay         and dialectal differences, describing varieties
SPANISH                                           writing and a higher level of oral proficiency.     of Spanish spoken in the U.S. and throughout
   Students enrolling in a foreign language                                                           the world. The student will also be able to
course (higher than Introduction I or                FL 202. Spanish Readings. 3 hours credit.        discern cultural differences in the Spanish-
Beginning I) may receive one time retroactive     Prerequisite: FL 107 and FL 108 with a C or         speaking community within the U.S. and
credit for the corresponding entry-level          better, or four years of high school Spanish or     abroad. The student must demonstrate some
course. For more information contact the lead     approval of the instructor. This course is an       proficiency in speaking the language even
instructor for foreign language or the            introduction for beginning to intermediate-         though he/she has not yet mastered all aspects
registrar.                                        level college students to the literature of the     of grammar and the written language.
                                                  Hispanic world. The readings will include
                                                  short stories, poetry, a legend, a mini-drama,
                                                  a one-act play, and an excerpt from a novel.
                                                  Additional reading assignments from familiar
                                                  topics (signs, pamphlets, newspapers, menus,
                                                  instructions, schedules, etc. ) will be included.




                                                                                                                   2009 - 2010 CATALOG 129
         WHERE power LIVES
   FL 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.          FL 147. Supervising Spanish-Speaking                 FL 153. Spanish for Requesting Personal
Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.       Employees. 1 hour credit. This course will           Information and Data. 3 hours credit. This
Topics of specific interest to the student will      enable the student to make responsible               course will enable the student to speak in
be developed. These topics will be established       decisions by analyzing behavior and attitudes        Spanish using phrases, questions and
by student needs or requirements. Areas of           to bring effective changes when supervising          commands to acquire specific personal
specific needs will be pursued and                   Spanish-speaking employees. Through                  information and data from Spanish-speaking
instructional material that lends itself to          information obtained in this course, the             customers and/or clients. Through
current trends or topics needed to supplement        student will also examine cross-cultural             information obtained in this course, the
normal classroom instruction will be offered.        issues in dealing with Hispanic employees.           student will also examine cross-cultural
                                                                                                          issues pertinent to dealing with Hispanic
COMMAND SPANISH                                         FL 148. Survival Spanish for Firefighters. 2      community members.
   Butler specializes in providing Spanish           hours credit. This course will enable the
language and cross-cultural training for area        student to speak in Spanish using phrases,              FL 154. Survival Spanish for Paramedics and
professionals, business managers and                 questions, and commands in specific                  EMTs. 3 hours credit. This course will enable
supervisors who interact regularly with              firefighting protocols. Through information          the student to speak in Spanish using phrases,
Spanish speaking clients or employees.               obtained in this course, the student will also       questions and commands in specific
Butler’s Business Performance Group is a             examine cross-cultural issues pertinent to           emergency situations. Through information
Licensed Official Registered Provider for the        relationships between non-Hispanic                   obtained in this course, the student will also
nationally recognized Command Spanish®               firefighters and Hispanic community                  examine cross-cultural issues pertinent to
programs. Butler may offer the following             members.                                             dealing with Hispanic community members
Spanish language training for professions by                                                              who need emergency care.
contacting the Lead Instructor for Foreign              FL 149. Survival Spanish for Nurses. 3 hours
Languages or the Business Performance Group.         credit. This course will enable the student to          FL 155. Spanish for Industry, Manufacturing,
                                                     speak in Spanish using phrases, questions,           and Warehousing. 3 hours credit. This course
   FL 140. Survival Spanish for Early Childhood      and commands in specific nursing                     will enable the student to speak in Spanish
Staff. 3 hours credit. This course will enable       procedures. Through information obtained in          phrases, questions and commands pertinent
the student to speak in Spanish using phrases,       this course, the student will also examine           to daily interactions between supervisors and
questions and commands in childcare                  cross-cultural issues pertinent to dealing with      workers at industrial sites, manufacturing
facilities. A student with no prior knowledge of     Hispanic patients.                                   plants, and warehouses. Through information
Spanish will be able to greet parents, register                                                           obtained in this course, the student will also
students, address children in their care, and           FL 150. Survival Spanish for School               examine cross-cultural issues pertinent to
respond to health issues. The student will           Administrators, Teachers, and Support Staff. 3       dealing with Hispanic workers in these fields.
become aware of cross-cultural issues of             hours credit. This course provides the student
Hispanic community members.                          with basic Spanish phrases, questions, and              FL 158. Survival Spanish for Emergency 1st
                                                     commands to enable them to more effectively          Responders. 3 hours credit. This course will
   FL 143. Office Spanish for Secretaries and        interact with Spanish-speaking students and          enable the student to speak in Spanish using
Receptionists. 3 hours credit. This course will      visitors in various school situations.               phrases, questions and commands in
enable the student to speak in Spanish using         Discussions also cover cross-cultural issues         emergency situations. A student with no prior
phrases, questions and commands pertinent            of Hispanic community members.                       knowledge of Spanish will be able to
to secretarial and receptionist work. Through                                                             determine the chief complaint, extent of
information obtained in this course, the                FL 151. Spanish for Hotel and Motel Staff. 3      injury and/or nature of illness and explain
student will also examine cross-cultural issues      hours credit. This course provides the student       appropriate protocol procedures and
pertinent in dealing with Hispanic employees.        with basic Spanish phrases, questions and            treatment. The student will become aware of
                                                     commands pertinent to hotel management               cross-cultural issues of Hispanic community
   FL 144. Spanish for Construction Sites. 3 hours   and staff who supervise Spanish-speaking             members.
credit. This course will enable the student to       employees. It also provides Spanish language
speak in Spanish using phrases, questions and        material for hotel staff to better assist               FL 159. Survival Spanish and Cross-Cultural
commands at construction sites. Through              Spanish-speaking clientele. Discussions also         Training for Doing Business in Latin America. 3
information obtained in this course, the             cover cross-cultural issues of Hispanic              hours credit. This course will enable the
student will also examine cross-cultural issues      community members.                                   student to speak in Spanish using phrases,
in dealing with Hispanic construction workers.                                                            questions and commands in business
                                                        FL 152. Spanish for Automobile Sales & Service.   relationships in Latin America. A student
   FL 145. Survival Spanish for Law Enforcement      3 hours credit. This course provides the             with no prior knowledge of Spanish will be
Officers. 3 hours credit. This course will enable    student with basic Spanish phrases, questions        able to receive guests and visitors, make
the student to speak in Spanish using phrases        and commands used to better assist Spanish-          necessary requests for personal needs and
necessary to carry out specific law enforcement      speaking customers and clients with routine          respond to foreign business personnel. The
protocols. Through information obtained in           auto sales transactions, parts purchases, and        student will be able to identify, anticipate and
this course, the student will also examine           service issues thereby promoting better              cope with common cross-cultural barriers.
cross-cultural issues pertinent to relationships     customer relations. Discussions also cover
between non-Hispanic law enforcement                 cross-cultural issues of Hispanic community.
officers and Hispanic community members.




 130 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                                  WHERE power LIVES
   FL 207. Conversational Spanish II. 3 hours              FS 110. Firefighter Safety. 3 hours credit.           FS 135. Fundamentals of Fire Prevention. 3
credit. Prerequisites: FL 205 or approval of            Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or better or            hours credit. Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or
instructor. This course will enable the student         currently enrolled in FS 100. This course will        better or currently enrolled in FS 100. This
to be actively involved in various forms of             enable the student to identify the various            course will enable the student to understand
communication. The student will be provided             dangers involved with firefighting including          the functions of the fire department
the linguistic tools necessary to create original       those dangers encountered on the fire ground,         organization, inspection, public cooperation,
discourse by personalizing and contextualizing          responding to emergencies, and training.              and images. The student also will be able to
basic patterns that are culturally appropriate.                                                               recognize fire hazards and develop and
This course will present literary and popular               FS 111. Incident Safety Officer. 1 hour credit.   implement a systematic and deliberate
readings that form the basis for discussion of a        Pre-requisite: FS 200, FS 110, and FS 103 with        inspection program, and survey local, state,
variety of themes.                                      a C or better. This course will enable the student    and national codes pertaining to fire
                                                        to identify and understand the roles and              prevention and related technology.
         (FS) FIRE SCIENCE                              responsibilities of the Incident Safety Officer by
                                                        meeting National Fire Protection Association’s
    FS 100. Firefighter I. 4.5 hours credit. This                                                                FS 140. Emergency Rescue. 3 hours credit.
                                                        Standard 1521, Standard for Fire Department           Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or better or be
course will enable the student perform basic            Safety Officer and NFPA Standard 1500,
fire service operations and gain basic                                                                        currently enrolled in FS 100. This course will
                                                        Standard on Fire Department Occupational              enable the student to identify and perform
knowledge of personal safety, personal                  Safety and Health Program. The student will
protective clothing and equipment, fire                                                                       rescue procedures required by emergency
                                                        identify the roles, responsibilities, and             personnel with particular emphasis on
service tools and equipment, fire behavior,             characteristics of an effective Incident Safety
building construction, and tactics and                                                                        applying current hardware and procedural
                                                        Officer. The student will also identify direct and    developments to the area of emergency
strategies. The student will learn requirements         indirect hazards on an emergency scene.
for initial response to hazardous materials                                                                   rescue. The student will research the specific
incidents and develop team communication                                                                      hazards associated with the natural and man-
                                                           FS 125. Introduction to Fire Inspection. 3 hours   made disasters that are the results of our
skills necessary for emergency operations.              credit. Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or better
This course will prepare the student to meet                                                                  modern, technical society.
                                                        or currently enrolled in FS 100. This course
National Fire Protection Association’s                  will enable the student to conduct a building
Standard 1001, Firefighter Professional                 inspection, communicate fire prevention                  FS 141. Rope Rescue I. 1 hour credit.
Qualifications, pertaining to the Firefighter I                                                               Prerequisite: FS 100 and FS 140 with a C or
                                                        recommendations, and preplan for effective
level. The student will be introduced to NFPA                                                                 better. This course will enable the student to
                                                        action during fires and emergencies.
Standard 472, Professional Competencies of                                                                    recognize conditions requiring rope rescue by
Responders to Hazardous Materials Incidents,               FS 127. Introduction to the Fire Code. 3 hours     meeting National Fire Protection
at the Awareness level.                                 credit. Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or better       Association’s Standard 1670, pertaining to
                                                        or be currently enrolled in FS 100. This course       rope rescue. The student will also be capable
                                                        will enable the student to conduct a fire             of hazard recognition, equipment use, and
    FS 101. Industrial Firefighter I. 5 hours credit.
This course will enable the student to acquire          inspection utilizing the 2003 International Fire      techniques necessary to operate at a rope
the knowledge and skills needed to perform              Code. The emphasis will be on fire inspection         rescue incident.
the duties of a brigade member safely and               requirements for occupancy types ranging
correctly. The student will recognize risk              from privately owned and operated properties             FS 142. Rope Rescue II. 1 hour credit.
factors commonly occurring in the industry              to places of public assembly. The student will        Prerequisites: FS 100, FS 140, and FS 141 with
setting and apply appropriate safety measures,          address current topics and requirements for           a C or better. This course will enable the
including the competent use of equipment.               hazardous materials storage, flammable liquid         student to recognize conditions requiring
The student will apply industry specific                storage, emergency exiting, general fire and life     rope rescue by meeting National Fire
standard operating procedures and guidelines.           safety enabling him/her to identify fire code         Protection Association’s Standard 1670,
This course is designed to meet the minimum             violations and effectively take corrective            pertaining to rope rescue. The student will
requirements set forth by the National Fire             actions in the abatement of violations. The           also be capable of hazard recognition,
Protection Association 1081 Standard.                   importance of fire code enforcement, as it            equipment use, and techniques necessary to
                                                        pertains to fire and life safety as well as           operate at a rope rescue incident.
   FS 103. Administration of the Fire Science. 3        property preservation, will be addressed.
hours credit. Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or                                                                    FS 145. Water Supplied Fire Protection Systems.
better or currently enrolled in FS 100. The                FS 130. Construction Methods and Materials. 3      3 hours credit. Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C
course will enable the student to identify              hours credit. Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or        or better or currently enrolled in FS 100. A
managerial styles utilized by fire service              better or be currently enrolled in FS 100. This       study of the mechanical and procedural
officers. The student will also identify different      course will enable the student to recognize           systems of fire protection including exposure
types of fire department organizations and the          various building configurations and the               to the fire hydrant operating design criteria
unique challenges facing fire officers in               specific hazards associated with them. The            which includes location concept, the basic
different fire service organizations. This course       student will develop an understanding of the          configuration and design of standpipes,
will also enable the student to develop a               concepts of fire-resistance and how fire affects      combustible vapor, automatic sprinkler
working budget for a fire department and                structural members in an uncontrolled                 systems, flame arrestors, flame failure
identify revenue sources that can be utilized in        environment. The student will develop an              controls for oil and gas fire equipment,
developing an operating budget.                         understanding of how different building               explosion venting and pressure relief devices,
                                                        configurations and construction materials can         automatic fire resistant door and shutter
                                                        influence fire suppression tactics.                   design, and operational concepts.



                                                                                                                            2009 - 2010 CATALOG 131
         WHERE power LIVES
   FS 149. Surface Water Rescue. 1 hour credit.        FS 200. Firefighter II. 3 hours credit.            FS 205. Firefighting Tactics and Strategy. 3
Prerequisite: FS 100 and FS 140 with a C or         Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or better. This      hours credit. Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or
better. This course will enable the student to      course will enable the student to make effective   better or concurrent enrollment in FS 100.
recognize conditions requiring a surface            fire ground decisions pertaining to the            This course will enable the student to identify
water rescue by meeting National Fire               implementation of the Incident Management          and execute tactics, strategies, and procedures
Protection Association’s Standard 1670,             System and building and structural collapse        during fire ground operations, as part of a
pertaining to Surface Water Rescue. The             indications and potentials. The student will       team or as an individual. The student will
student will also be capable of hazard              identify and practice safe handling of rescue      develop skills in identifying problems that
recognition, equipment use, and techniques          and extrication tools, and will obtain basic       modern construction presents during fire
necessary to operate at a surface water rescue      knowledge and skills in performing vehicle         ground operations. The student will address
incident.                                           extrications and other special rescue              incident preplanning, incident action plans,
                                                    situations. The student will gain an               potential fire ground problems, special
   FS 150. Vehicle and Machinery Rescue I. 1 hour   understanding of various hose tools and            methods and equipment used during fire
credit. Prerequisites: FS 140 and FS 200 with       appliances, hydrant flow and operability. The      fighting operations, and post fire analysis.
a C or better. This course will enable the          student will recognize container features in       The student will be able to identify each
student to recognize conditions requiring           order to identify various types of hazardous       position within the Incident Management
vehicle or machinery rescues. This course is        materials and will learn to mitigate hazardous     System and acknowledge the importance of
designed to meet National Fire Protection           materials incidents using defensive measures.      establishing attack and rescue priorities
Association’s Standard1670, pertaining to           The student will demonstrate teamwork,             during various emergency operations.
vehicle and machinery rescues. The student          communication, and roles and responsibilities
will also be capable of hazard recognition,         of hazardous materials first responder at the         FS 216. Fire Chemistry I. 3 hours credit.
equipment use, and techniques necessary to          operations level will be covered. This course      Prerequisite: CH 105 and FS 200 with a C or
operate at a vehicle or machinery rescue            will prepare the student to meet National Fire     better. This course will enable the student to
incident.                                           Protection Association’s (NFPA) Standard           gain a basic understanding of chemistry
                                                    1001, Firefighter Professional Qualifications,     involving hazardous materials. The student
   FS 180. Fire Investigation. 3 hours credit.      Firefighter II level. The student will be          will study chemical bonding, hydrocarbon
Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or better or          introduced to NFPA Standard 472, Professional      derivatives, combustion, and flammable and
currently enrolled in FS 100. This course will      Competencies of Responders to Hazardous            dangerous substances. The student will be
enable the student to have a good                   Material Incidents, at the Operations level.       able to size up and mitigate a hazardous
understanding of arson and incendiarism,                                                               material incident scene using an
legal aspects of arson, and methods of setting         FS 201. Fire Equipment and Systems. 3 hours     understanding of physical and chemical
incendiary fires. This course will also enable      credit. Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or better    properties of hazardous materials. The
the student to have a knowledge of the various      or be currently enrolled in FS 100. This           student will also learn about hazardous
causes of fire, techniques for recognizing and      course will enable the student to become           materials likely to be encountered in a
preserving evidence, and means for                  familiar with the components of modern fire        terrorist event and how to effectively respond.
interviewing and detaining witnesses.               apparatus such as pumpers, aerial apparatus,
Procedures utilized in handling juveniles,          tankers, etc. Through an analysis of various           FS 250. Fire Command. 3 hours credit.
court procedures, and the giving of court           systems, including electrical, braking, drive      Prerequisite: FS 100 or currently enrolled in
testimony are also covered.                         train, chassis frame, hydraulics and more, the     FS 100. This course will enable the student to
                                                    student will develop the skills needed to write    gain a basic understanding of the command
   FS 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate      specifications for the purchase of new fire        roles and responsibilities during fires and
education with on-the-job experience. See           equipment.                                         other emergency incidents. The student will
Internships section of this catalog for a                                                              be able to identify life threatening and non-
complete description of these courses.                 FS 203. Fire Service Hydraulics. 3 credit       life threatening situations during
                                                    hours. Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or better     emergencies, and based on given data will be
   FS 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative           or concurrent enrollment in FS 100. This           able to effectively manage the emergency
Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education   course will enable the student to understand       utilizing resources and various tactics and
with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative         the mechanics of liquids, particularly as they     strategies.
Education section of this catalog for a             pertain to water flow, hydrants, pumps,
complete description of these courses.              standpipes, hoses, nozzles, and sprinkler             FS 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit
                                                    systems, as adapted to firefighting practices.     each. Prerequisite: Approval of division dean
                                                    The student will develop knowledge of how          and instructor. Topics of specific interest the
                                                    various gauges operate and how to properly         student will be developed. These topics will be
                                                    read devices such as manometers and                established by student’s needs or
                                                    pressure gauges. The student will develop          requirements. Areas of specific needs will be
                                                    experience with hydrostatic devices, pump          pursued and instructional material that lends
                                                    problems, cavitations, and the use of a pitot      itself to current trends or topics that are
                                                    and venture meters. Students will also learn to    needed to supplement normal classroom
                                                    calculate factors to get results in working with   instruction will be offered.
                                                    fluids in motion, head calculations, friction
                                                    losses, and velocity flow. This course will
                                                    enable the student to succeed in fire service
                                                    pump operations.


 132 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                             WHERE power LIVES
   FS 265. Fire Apparatus Driver/Operator. 4                (HM) HOSPITALITY                                HM 120. Culinary Lab I. 3 hours credit. This
hours credit. Prerequisite: FS 100 with a C or                                                           course will enable the student to develop
better and FS 203 with a C or better. This
                                                              MANAGEMENT                                 culinary skills in the kitchen environment.
course will enable the student to understand           HM 100. Career Planning for Hospitality. 1 hour   The student will learn skills in sanitation,
the responsibilities and skills required to         credit. This course will enable the student to       basic cooking principals and methods, knife
function as a fire apparatus driver/operator.       utilize a self-assessment, job search, cover         skills, safe food handling, safe equipment
The student will learn to safely move the fire      letter, resume, and mock interview to initiate       handling, recipe interpretation, and
apparatus to and from emergency and non-            the career planning process in Hospitality           preparing meals for commercial
emergency incidents. The student will also          Management.                                          consumption. This course will engage the
learn to safely and effectively operate fire                                                             student in all areas of basic cooking and meal
apparatus at emergency and non-emergency               HM 115. Hospitality Human Resources. 3 hours      preparations.
incidents.                                          credit. This course will enable the student to
                                                    appraise the management of human assets of
                                                                                                            HM 180. Introduction to Hospitality & Tourism. 3
                                                    the hospitality industry. The student will learn
             (HL) HEALTH                            teamwork and the role of management to
                                                                                                         hours credit. This course will enable the
                                                                                                         student to appraise the components of the
   HL 100. Personal and Public Health. 3 hours      provide focused leadership in developing and
credit. This course will enable the student to                                                           hospitality and tourism industry. This course
                                                    motivating employees to function as a team to        will enable the student to define the different
make responsible health-related decisions by        achieve organizational goals. This course will
analyzing behavior and attitudes to bring the                                                            components of tourism, including:
                                                    engage the student in approaches to                  transportation systems, the lodging industry,
changes necessary to improve health and             disciplines, performance appraisals, problem
maintain well-being for both personal                                                                    the food and beverage industry, attractions,
                                                    solving, decision making, recruitment and            and public tourism businesses. The student
healthful living and community                      retention, communication, and effective
responsibilities.                                                                                        will learn how to appraise the economic
                                                    utilization of time management as outlined           impact that tourism has on local economies.
                                                    and set forth in the framework of team               This course will enable the student to discover
   HL 130. First Aid. 2 hours credit. This course   performance. This course will enable the
will enable the student to intervene                                                                     career opportunities within the hospitality
                                                    student to define his/her role in fostering and      and tourism industry.
appropriately in an emergency before medical        functioning within a team environment, and
help arrives. The student will be able to make      develop leadership skills that are needed to
appropriate decisions regarding standard first                                                              HM 190. Food and Beverage Management. 3
                                                    control, manage and improve processes in the         hours credit. This course will enable the
aid care and apply the techniques required for      hospitality business.
American Red Cross certification in the                                                                  student to appraise the components of food
procedures for adult, child and infant                                                                   service management in various types of food
                                                       HM 116. Event Planning I. 3 hours credit. This    service systems. The student will learn cost
Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR). This           course will enable the student to appraise the
renewable CPR certificate is valid for one year                                                          and sales concepts and their relationship with
                                                    management of event planning. Areas                  profits. The student will learn how to calculate
and the Standard First aid certificate is valid     emphasized include understanding world of
for three years.                                                                                         costs, and profits, and apply control concept
                                                    events, the basic principles and design of           factors for food, beverage, and labor control.
                                                    event planning, creating an effective event,
   HL 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate      planning a successful event, sponsorships of
education with on-the-job experience. See                                                                   HM 193. Internship 1. 2 hours credit.
                                                    events, marketing and promoting events,              Prerequisites: HM 100 with a C or better and a
Internships section of this catalog for a           managing volunteers and the management
complete description of these courses.                                                                   secured internship in a hospitality related
                                                    team of an event, working with food vendors,         field. This course will enable the student to
                                                    and documenting and evaluating events. The           gain exposure to the hospitality environment.
   HL 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative           student will gain a basic understanding of the       The student will work a minimum of 150
Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education   role of an event planner and develop
with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative                                                              hours throughout the semester. The student,
                                                    leadership skills that are needed to control,        instructor and supervisor will develop a set of
Education section of this catalog for a             manage, and improve events in the hospitality
complete description of these courses.                                                                   objectives. The student will participate in
                                                    business.                                            various career development activities.
   HL 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.         HM 118. Tourism Topics. 3 hours credit. This
Prerequisite: Approval of division dean and                                                                 HM 195. Beverage Control. 3 hours credit.
                                                    course will enable the student to appraise the       This course will enable the student to appraise
instructor. Topics of specific interest to the      components of the tourism industry. The
student will be developed. These topics will be                                                          the various components of bar management.
                                                    student will be introduced to the basic              The student will learn about bar layout,
established by the student’s needs or               concepts, tools, and techniques of tourism
requirements. Areas of specific needs will be                                                            merchandising, marketing, bar design,
                                                    management as well as the effects of tourism         service, inventory, ordering, cost centers, and
pursued and instructional material that lends       on society, and current developments in the
itself to current trends or topics that are                                                              the social responsibilities of serving alcohol.
                                                    field.                                               This course will enable the student to define
needed to supplement normal classroom
instruction will be offered.                                                                             basics of winemaking, distinguish between
                                                                                                         domestic and imported wines, sparkling
                                                                                                         wines, champagnes, aperitif and fortified
                                                                                                         wines, brewed beverages, distilled sprits,
                                                                                                         liqueurs, and other potent
                                                                                                         potables served in hospitality settings.



                                                                                                                       2009 - 2010 CATALOG 133
        WHERE power LIVES
   HM 201. Facilities and Sanitation Management.       HM 216. Event Planning II. 3 hours credit.          HM 226. Event Planning IV. 3 hours credit.
3 hours credit. This course will enable the        Prerequisite: HM 116 with a C or better. This       Prerequisite: HM 225 with a C or better. This
student to apply effective facilities and          course will enable the student to review the        course will enable the student to review the
sanitation management principles to food           previously planned special event plan and           skills learned from previously planned special
service operations. The student will learn how     administer the event. Areas emphasized              events and partner with an outside agency to
to streamline operations, address                  include executing the basic principles and          work directly with the event planner to
environmental issues, and communicate              design of the event plan, reviewing and             execute a community-based special event.
effectively with personnel. The student will       executing an effective event, follow-up and         The student will be responsible for and will
focus on ensuring compliance with the FDA          selling the sponsorships of an event, executing     gain first-hand managerial experience from
Food Code and reducing health risks through        the marketing plan for the event, developing        an outside event planner from the idea stage
Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point             and managing the volunteers for the scheduled       to the planning stage, to the execution stage,
(HACCP) approaches. The student will be            event, developing communication and teaming         and to the evaluation of the event.
qualified to earn the ServSafe Certification       skills while working with volunteers,
sponsored by the National Restaurant               customers, sponsors and classmates, working            HM 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
Association.                                       with food vendors, and documenting and              Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.
                                                   evaluating events. The student will gain an         Topics of specific interest to the student will
   HM 202. Quality Management / Customer           advanced understanding of the role of an event      be developed. These topics will be established
Service. 3 hours credit. This course will enable   planner and develop leadership skills that are      by student needs or requirements. Areas of
the student to appraise the strategies to          needed to control, manage and improve events        specific needs will be pursued and
improve leadership abilities, high                 in the hospitality business.                        instructional material that lends itself to
performance teams, and employee                                                                        current trends or topics that are needed to
empowerment in the hospitality industry. The           HM 217. Convention Management. 3 hours          supplement normal classroom instruction
student will learn traditional management          credit. This course will enable the student to      will be offered.
theories and the role of management theories       analyze the fundamentals of convention
in the hospitality industry. The student will      management. The student will explore methods           HM 255. Hospitality Law. 3 hours credit. This
identify approaches to customer service and        of site and venue selection; discuss the various    course will enable the student to understand
moments of truth. The student will define          structures of conventions, explore convention       the legal aspects of hotels, restaurants and
his/her leadership style and leadership skills     operations and be introduced to the importance      other hospitality organizations. The student
that are needed for continuous improvement,        of managing quality, financial, budgetary and       will review essential information that
power and empowerment, communication               legal considerations of conventions.                managers need to comply with the law and to
skills, goal-setting, coaching, conflict-                                                              develop preventive tactics to avoid lawsuits.
management skills, and high-performance               HM 220. Culinary Lab II. 3 hours credit.
teams in hospitality businesses.                   Prerequisite: HM 120 with a C or better. This          HM 256. Hotel / Motel Operations. 3 hours
                                                   course will enable the student to further           credit. This course will enable the student to
   HM 203. Rooms Management. 3 hours credit.       develop culinary skills in the kitchen              identify types of public lodging
Prerequisite: HM 256 Hotel/Motel Operations        environment. The student will learn skills in       establishments and their management
or departmental approval. The course will          sanitation, recipe interpretation, recipe design,   structures. The student will explore the
enable the student to recognize the                recipe costing and preparing meals for              various departments within a lodging
components of front office and housekeeping        commercial consumption. This course will            operation and their interdependence in
departments within a hotel setting. Areas          engage the student in areas of baking, cold         meeting guest needs and expectations.
emphasized include: front office operations,       kitchen, and more advanced meal preparations.
reservations, registration, front office                                                                   HM 258. Hospitality Marketing. 3 hours credit.
responsibilities, front office accounting,            HM 222. Culinary Lab III. 3 hours credit.        This course will enable the student to analyze
check-out and settlement, night audit,             Prerequisite: HM 120 with a C or better. This       to the fundamentals of marketing with a
planning and evaluating operations, revenue        course will enable the student to develop           hospitality emphasis. The student will explore
management, and managing human resources           culinary baking skills in the kitchen               methods of identifying consumer needs,
within the front office. In housekeeping units,    environment. The student will learn skills in       segmenting the various markets, and
the student will explore the day-to-day            sanitation, recipe interpretation, recipe           selecting the best strategy to reach the
operations and the managerial functions of         design, recipe-costing, and preparing baked         identified consumer.
the housekeeping department.                       goods for commercial consumption.
                                                                                                          HM 260. Hospitality Financial Management. 3
   HM 215. Catering Management. 3 hours credit.       HM 225. Event Planning III. 3 hours credit.      hours credit. This course will enable the
Prerequisite: HM 190 Food and Beverages            Prerequisite: HM 216 with a C or better. This       student to develop skills in analyzing business
Management or departmental consent. This           course will enable the student to review the        financial issues in the hospitality industry,
course will enable the student to appraise the     skills learned from previously planned special      prepare investment packages, and structure
various components of a catering operation.        events and lead the Event Planning I and II         and negotiate business deals in relation to
The student will learn about marketing,            classes through the planning and execution of       hospitality entities. This course will engage
contract writing, food production, room            a Butler event. The student will be responsible     the student in a practical approach to making
arrangement, and personnel required for            for and will gain first-hand managerial             effective financial decision-making.
specific catered events.                           experience of an event planner from the idea
                                                   stage, to the planning stage, to the execution,
                                                   and to the evaluation of the event.



 134 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                               WHERE power LIVES
            (HR) HONORS                                 HS 131. US History I. 3 hours credit. This                  (HU) HUMANITIES
                                                    course will enable the student to internalize,
   HR 100. Honors Seminar I. 2 hours credit.                                                                  HU 100. Humanities: Ancient to Medieval. 3
Prerequisite: Instructor approval. All              analyze and synthesize facts and concepts              hours credit. Prerequisite: EG 101 with a C or
seminars will have different content. The           from the pre-Columbian era through the Civil           better. A study of the integrated humanities
purpose of the seminar is to focus on topics of     War. Through use of terminology and                    (art, music, literature, theatre, history, and
an interdisciplinary nature and to stimulate        application of facts and concepts, the student         philosophy) that includes some of the most
critical thinking.                                  will know America‘s past and be able to apply          significant landmarks of Western civilization’s
                                                    it to the present and future.                          cultural heritage as it developed from the
   HR 101. Honors Seminar II. 2 hours credit.                                                              ancient world to the medieval.
Prerequisite: HR 100 with a C or better. All           HS 132. US History II. 3 hours credit. This
seminars will have different content. The           course will enable the student to internalize,            HU 101. Humanities: Renaissance to Modern. 3
purpose of the seminar is to focus on topics of     analyze and synthesize facts and concepts              hours credit. Prerequisite: EG 101 with a C or
an interdisciplinary nature and to stimulate        from the era of Reconstruction to the present.         better. A study of the integrated humanities
critical thinking.                                  Through use of terminology and application of          (art, music, literature, theatre, history, and
                                                    facts and concepts, the student will know              philosophy) that includes some of the most
   HR 102. Honors Seminar III. 2 hours credit.      America’s past and be able to apply it to the          significant landmarks of Western civilization’s
Prerequisite: HR 101 with a C or better. All        present and future.                                    cultural heritage as it developed from the
seminars will have different content. The                                                                  Renaissance to the Modern Age.
purpose of the seminar is to focus on topics of        HS 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate
an interdisciplinary nature and to stimulate        education with on-the-job experience. See                  HU 110. Humanities Through the Arts. 3 hours
critical thinking.                                  Internships section of this catalog for a              credit. This course will approach the
                                                    complete description of these courses.                 humanities through a study of seven major
   HR 103. Honors Seminar IV. 2 hours credit.                                                              arts: film, drama, music, literature, painting,
Prerequisite: HR 102 with a C or better. All                                                               sculpture, and architecture. Each of these arts
                                                       HS 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative
seminars will have different content. The                                                                  is considered from the perspectives of
                                                    Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education
purpose of the seminar is to focus on topics of                                                            historical development, the elements used in
                                                    with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative
an interdisciplinary nature and to stimulate                                                               creating works of art, meaning and form
                                                    Education section of this catalog for a
critical thinking.                                                                                         expressed, and criticism or critical evaluation.
                                                    complete description of these courses.
                                                                                                           The course is designed to help students raise
   HR 110. Honors Independent Study in (Subject                                                            answer questions about their individual and
Area). 2 hours credit. Prerequisite: Honors             HS 201. History of World Civilization I. 3 hours
                                                    credit. This course will enable the student to         societal expressions of values.
director’s approval. The content of the course
will vary with the nature of the project. The       internalize, analyze, and synthesize facts and
                                                    concepts from the earliest human communal                 HU 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate
purpose of the course is to enable a student to                                                            education with on-the-job experience. See
pursue a creative activity in which the student     organization through the beginnings of the
                                                                                                           Internships section of this catalog for a
will grow intellectually, or improve a skill or     maritime revolution up to 1550. Through use
                                                                                                           complete description of these courses.
talent in an area outside the realm of typical      of terminology and application of facts and
classroom activities. The process begins with       concepts, the student will know America’s and             HU 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative
a proposal, followed by the execution of the        others’ past and be able to apply it to the            Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education
problem or task and finishes with the               present and future.                                    with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative
presentation of paper, performance or some                                                                 Education section of this catalog for a
other appropriate presentation.                        HS 202. History of World Civilization II. 3 hours   complete description of these courses.
                                                    credit. This course will enable the student to
            (HS) HISTORY                            internalize, analyze and synthesize facts and             HU 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
   HS 121. History of Western Civilization I. 3     concepts from the maritime revolutions (1550           Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.
hours credit. This course will enable the           C. E.) to the current global culture. Through          Topics of specific interest to the student will
student to internalize, analyze and synthesize      use of terminology and application of facts            be developed. These topics will be established
facts and concepts from the Paleolithic era         and concepts, the student will know America’s          by the student’s needs or requirements. Areas
through the rise of early modern Nation             and others’ past and be able to apply it to the        of specific needs will be pursued and
States. Through use of terminology and              present and future.                                    instructional material that lends itself to
application of facts and concepts, the student                                                             current trends or topics needed to
will know his/her and others’ past and be able         HS 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.         supplement normal classroom instruction
to apply it to the present and future.              Prerequisite: Approval of division dean and            will be offered.
                                                    instructor. Topics of specific interest to the
    HS 122. History of Western Civilization II. 3   student will be developed. These topics will be                   (IN) COMPUTER
hours credit. This course will enable the           established by the student’s needs or                              INFORMATION
student to internalize, analyze and synthesize      requirements. Areas of specific needs will be
facts and concepts from the rise of early           pursued and instructional material that lends                      TECHNOLOGY
modern Nation-States to the present.                itself to current trends or topics that are               IN 105. Information Technology (IT) Concepts. 3
Through use of terminology and application of       needed to supplement normal classroom                  hours credit. This course will enable the
facts and concepts, the student will know           instruction will be offered.                           student to gain an understanding of the core
his/her and others’ past and be able to apply it                                                           concepts and technologies which constitute
to the present and future.                                                                                 Information Technology.



                                                                                                                        2009 - 2010 CATALOG 135
        WHERE power LIVES
   IN 106. Supporting Desktop Systems. 3 hours       IN 115. Flash Fundamentals. 3 hours credit.         IN 119. Digital Audio. 3 credit hours. This
credit. This course will enable the student to    This course will enable the student to plan,        course will enable the student to produce an
demonstrate an ability to install, configure,     build and publish Flash graphics. This course       audio soundtrack in an entirely digital
and repair desktop computer systems. This         emphasizes production of vector graphics            environment. The student will gain a working
course is designed for those anticipating a       using Macromedia Flash, a software                  knowledge of how synthesizers produce
career in computer or network support or for      application for designing and publishing            monophonic/polyphonic sounds, how
those seeking professional certification.         digital animations. During the course, the          sequencers arrange and edit these sounds,
                                                  student will use digital palettes, tools and a      how samplers can be used to digitize organic
   IN 108. Introduction to Visual Basic.NET. 3    variety of techniques to create images and          sounds, how effects and equalization can be
hours credit. This course will enable the         then modify their size, appearance and              used to modify these sounds, and how all of
student to use structured programming             behavior. Topics include object creation,           these skills can be combined to generate new,
techniques to develop applications using MS       frames, motion and shape tweening, actions,         digital soundtracks for multimedia.
Visual Basic as their application development     interactive buttons, sounds and publication.
language. The student will practice program       The student will learn efficient work                  IN 122. Digital Graphics with PhotoShop. 3
development within a (GUI) Graphical User         techniques and implement Flash’s layers,            hours credit. This course will enable the
Interface environment. Before enrolling in        symbols, and libraries. This course is              student to use digital cameras as tools for
Introduction to Visual Basic.NET, the student     designed for those anticipating a career in         visual communication and expression. The
should be competent in basic computer             web programming or web design. Before               student will gain a working knowledge of how
operation.                                        enrolling in the course, the student should be      digital cameras capture images, how to apply
                                                  competent in basic computer operation.              principles of photographic composition, how
   IN 112. XHTML and CSS. 3 hours credit. This                                                        to create and composite images using a digital
course will enable the student to create web         IN 116. XML. Programming. 3 hours credit.        toolset, how to manage digital assets, and how
sites using HTML (Hyper Text Markup               Prerequisite: IN 112 with a C or better. This       to publish digital images for print, online, and
Language) and XHTML (Extensible HyperText         course will enable the student to create and        digital exhibition.
Markup Language). In addition, the student        use structured XML vocabularies to store data,
will troubleshoot faulty web pages and provide    exchange information and develop web                   IN 123. Logo Design with Illustrator. 3 hours
corrective HTML coding. The student will          applications. The student will learn both           credit. Prerequisite: IN 124 with a C or better.
learn about the origins of markup languages,      client and server-side techniques, as well as       This course will enable the student to employ
how standards are established and changed,        how to work with Cascading Style Sheets             vector drawing tools and digital techniques to
and the role of browser software companies in     (CSS), XSLT, Javascriptand be introduced to         create a range of illustrative styles. The
expanding web page capabilities. The student      AJAX scripting.                                     student’s work will be based on a review of
will hand-code XHTML and CSS using simple                                                             both traditional and digital illustrators, an
text editors. Before enrolling in the course,        IN 117. Digital Video Editing. 3 hours credit.   exploration of contemporary illustration
                                                  The course will enable the student to use
the student should be competent in basic                                                              practices, and an application of graphic
                                                  multimedia industry standard digital video
computer operation.                                                                                   design tools and terminology. The student will
                                                  editing software to capture, transfer, edit and
                                                                                                      focus on the principles of effective illustration
                                                  compress audio and video. This course
   IN 114. Dreamweaver. 3 hours credit. This                                                          and digital branding in the preparation of
                                                  focuses on the post-production process for
course will enable the student to produce web                                                         corporate logos and identity graphics.
                                                  non-linear editing of digital video for use in
sites using Macromedia Dreamweaver, a
                                                  multimedia applications. During the course,
software application for visually designing                                                              IN 124. Introduction to Digital Design. 3 hours
                                                  the student will analyze editing effects
and managing web pages. Topics include page                                                           credit. This course will enable the student to
                                                  demonstrated in clips from ads, music videos,
creation, tables, frames, forms and site                                                              articulate and apply the basic principles and
                                                  and feature films. This course is designed for
management. This course covers navigation,                                                            processes used in traditional and digital
                                                  those anticipating a career in multimedia
text styles, graphics, and cascading style                                                            graphic and multimedia design. The student
                                                  production, for digital artists, and for the
sheets. The student will learn efficient work                                                         will consider typography, color, images,
                                                  advanced video hobbyist. Before enrolling in
techniques and implement Dreamweaver                                                                  animation, sound and video as elements of
                                                  this course, the student should be competent
layers, libraries and templates. Upon                                                                 digital design and production. Following a
                                                  in basic computer operation.
completing this course, the student be ready                                                          methodical design process, the student will
to plan, build, upload, and maintain a                                                                employ essential tools used to create both
                                                     IN 118. PHP and Databases. 3 hours credit.
professional Web site. Before enrolling in this   Prerequisite: IN 112 with a C or better or          traditional and digital media. Before enrolling
course, the student must be competent in          instructor approval. This course will enable        in Introduction to Digital Design, the student
basic computer skills.                            the student to create server-side Web               must be skilled in computer operation.
                                                  applications using databases.




 136 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                               WHERE power LIVES
   IN 125. Multimedia Production. 3 hours credit.       IN 135. Web Graphics. 3 hours credit. This            IN 147. Game Graphics. 3 hours credit. This
This course will enable the student to use           course will enable the student to use image-          course will enable the student to use image
graphics, authoring, and audio software              editing software to manipulate graphics and           editing software to create original seamless
commonly used to produce multimedia                  prepare them for publication on the World             textures, game graphics and learn to export
projects. The focus is on hands-on design,           Wide Web. The student will use digital                them for game design usage. The student will
development and production of multimedia             palettes, tools and a variety of techniques to        use a variety of digital tools and techniques to
for online delivery. The student will apply          create images and then modify their size,             create and optimize textures and images for use
design guidelines that lead to effective             appearance and resolution. The student will           with game engines and apply those to new
multimedia. During the course the student will       develop typical web images including buttons,         levels in game design.
create a multimedia web site using HTML and          rollovers and animations. The student will
JavaScript and an interactive movie                  apply techniques to optimize web images so               IN 148. Second Life. 3 hours credit. This
incorporating text, graphics, animation and          they maintain detail during file compression.         course will enable the student to create basic
sound using a full-featured authoring                Before enrolling in this course, the student          content in Second Life, a multi-user virtual
program. Before enrolling in Introduction to         must be competent in basic computer skills.           environment. The student will learn a variety of
Multimedia Design, students should be                                                                      skills that can be used to create architecture,
competent in basic computer operation.                  IN 137. Business Web Sites with Microsoft          vehicles, clothing, accessories, sound,
                                                     Expression Web. 3 hours credit. This course will      animations, textures, and programs/scripts for
   IN 130. Network Clients. 3 hours credit. This     enable the student to use Microsoft                   personal use and commercial sales.
course will enable the student to install and        Expression Web to produce high-quality,
administer the Microsoft Windows Vista client        standards-based Web sites for small                      IN 150. Network Directory Services I. 3 hours
operating system. The student will learn about       businesses. The student will create web sites         credit. Prerequisite: IN 237 with a C or better or
settings in which Microsoft Windows Vista is         using templates or design wizards to add              instructor approval. This course will enable the
installed, and administer Microsoft Windows          tables, frames, forms and graphics to Web             student to implement, manage, and integrate
Vista for various user environments. The             pages; additionally, the student will learn to        various network services with an Active
student will create and configure user               integrate today’s modern web standard                 Directory infrastructure. The student will
accounts, plan and manage permissions, and           technologies such as CSS, XML, XSLT and               deploy infrastructure services, integrate those
will configure the operating system to use           ASP.NET in creating and publishing complete           services with Active Directory, and deploy
various network services. The student will also      web sites. The student will learn how an              these services over the network. The student
backup and restore system files, manage the          enterprise can plan, design, produce,                 will also consider storage solutions, high
update process, troubleshoot problems, and           promote and maintain a business site. Before          availability, and network security issues.
audit operating system activity.                     enrolling in this course, the student should be
                                                     competent in basic computer operation.                   IN 174. 4D Animation Concepts. 3 hours credit.
   IN 131. Network Servers. 3 hours credit.                                                                This course will enable the student to build
Prerequisite: IN 133 with a C or better, IN 134         IN 140. Enterprise Networking. 3 hours credit.     stop-action animations using clay and/or
with a C or better, or instructor approval. This     Prerequisite: IN 131 with a C or better or
                                                                                                           plastic models and digital animations using
course will enable the student to install,           instructor approval. This course will enable
                                                                                                           computer-generated imaging (CGI) tools. The
upgrade, and administer the Microsoft                the student to install and administer a
                                                                                                           student will explore concepts related to
Windows Server operating system. The                 Microsoft Windows application
                                                                                                           animation for cinema, video, and interactive
student will learn about environments in             infrastructure. The student will plan and
                                                                                                           markets. The student will first apply cinematic
which Microsoft Windows Server is installed          implement server deployments for
                                                                                                           techniques of lighting, camera composition,
and will administer Microsoft Windows Server         applications, file sharing, printing and web
                                                                                                           timing, and story development to the creation
for various user needs. The student will create      services. The student will configure Internet
                                                                                                           of a stop-action movie. The student will then
and administer domain accounts, configure            Information Services, Terminal Services, and
                                                                                                           apply those concepts to the virtual world using
and manage network services, and perform             Windows SharePoint Services. The student
                                                                                                           objects created in CGI software. The student
backups and restores. The student will also          will also explore various technical issues
                                                                                                           will research the history of animation media
configure printers and manage disk storage.          surrounding media services deployment and
                                                                                                           and study its contemporary forms to provide an
                                                     digital rights management.
                                                                                                           informed background for his/her own work.
   IN 133. Supporting Networked Computers. 3
hours credit. This course will enable the               IN 145. Storyboarding for Digital Media. 3 hours
student to install, configure and maintain           credit. This course will enable the student to           IN 181. Computer Programming and Databases. 3
computers used on networks. The student will         produce storyboards to guide digital media            hours credit. Prerequisite: IN 105 or equivalent
focus on a computer’s participation in               productions. The student will build skills in         experience. This course will enable the student
networks as either a network client or as a          visualization and rapid sketching by                  to use database programming to develop
network server. This course is designed for          translating story scripts into illustrated            customized database applications. The student
those anticipating a career in network support       frames that detail each scene’s action, lighting      will learn how to plan and create a database,
or for those seeking professional certification.     and camera angles. In addition to preparing           manipulate data, and produce reports.
                                                     static storyboards, the student will create
   IN 134. Networking Basics. 3 hours credit. This   digital animatics that establish story timing.           IN 182. Advanced Database Programming. 3
course will enable the student to identify the                                                             hours credit. Prerequisite: IN 181 with a C or
components needed to design a basic                     IN 146. Interactive Robotics. 3 hours credit.      better, or equivalent experience. This course
computer network. The student will also              This course will enable the student to develop        will enable the student to build and deploy
discuss protocol suites and data                     an understanding of embedded systems                  dynamic Web applications that interact with
communication networks.                              through the LEGO Mindstorms NXT Robotics.             powerful databases.



                                                                                                                        2009 - 2010 CATALOG 137
         WHERE power LIVES
   IN 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate           IN 210. Introduction to DirectX. 3 hours credit.      IN 221. 3-D World Building. 3 hours credit.
education with on-the-job experience. See             Prerequisite: IN 200. This course will enable         Prerequisite: IN 147 with a C or better. This
Internships section of this catalog for a             the student to be use the DirectX library as it       course will enable the student to use level
complete description of these courses.                applies to game programming. The student              editing software to create original game levels
                                                      will learn how to use the C++ knowledge               and worlds for the Torque Game Engine. The
   IN 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative             acquired in IN200 and implement it with the           student will import new textures to apply to
Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education     DirectX library to write visual game programs.        the levels and worlds designed. The student
with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative                                                                 will use a variety of digital tools and
Education section of this catalog for a                                                                     techniques to create and implement
                                                         IN 211. Java Programming. 3 hours credit.
complete description of these courses.                Prerequisite: IN 105 or equivalent experience.        levels/worlds within the game engine.
   IN 200. Beginning C++ with Game Programming.       This course will enable the student to create
3 hours credit. This course will enable the           Java applications, including applets, from               IN 228. Introduction to SQL Language. 3 hours
student to use C++ and the Standard Template          start to finish. The student will be introduced       credit. This course will enable the student to
Library to program text based games. The              to object-oriented programming concepts               use the Structured Query Language (SQL) to
student will learn beginning procedural and           including design, inheritance, and                    create, modify or retrieve data from a
object oriented programming using structured          composition.                                          relational database. The student will create a
programming techniques to develop game                                                                      relational database. This course is designed
applications. Before enrolling, the student              IN 214. Java Programming and Web Databases.        for those anticipating a career in database
should be competent in basic computer                 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: IN 211 with a C or      design or working towards a computer related
operation, use of the Internet for research and       better or equivalent experience. This course          degree.
the use of standard office software like MS-          will enable the student to use the Java
Word, MS-Excel and MS-Access.                         platform to create database-driven Web sites.             IN 237. Networking Management. 3 hours
                                                                                                            credit. Prerequisite: IN 131 with a C or better
   IN 201. C#. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: IN          IN 216. Flash ActionScript. 3 hours credit.        and IN 133 with a C or better, or instructor
105 with a C or better, or equivalent                 Prerequisite: IN 115 Flash Fundamentals. This         approval. This course will enable the student
experience. This course will enable the               course will enable the student to use                 to implement, manage, and maintain a
student to use object-oriented programming            ActionScript, the scripting language used to          Microsoft Windows Server network
techniques to develop software applications           expand the capabilities of Macromedia Flash           infrastructure. The student will learn about
using the C# language.                                vector animations. Building on a basic                Active Directory services and its role in a
                                                      knowledge of Flash, the student will add              business environment. The student will
   IN 202. Perl Programming. 3 hours credit.          ActionScript enhancements to games, Web               administer various network environment
Prerequisite: IN 112 HTML. This course will                                                                 areas with Group Policy and Certificate
                                                      pages, and Flash movies. The student will
enable the student to use Common Gateway                                                                    Services and manage these services using
                                                      build and troubleshoot a series of specified
Interface (CGI) and Perl to create Web-based                                                                appropriate tools.
                                                      ActionScript projects. The course does not
applications for Windows and UNIX operating
                                                      require previous programming experience.
systems. The student will be able to add
                                                      This course is designed for those anticipating           IN 238. SQL Server 2005 Implementation. 3
functionality to Web pages and create
                                                      a career in Web development and production.           hours credit. Prerequisite: IN 131 with a C or
interactive Web applications. The student
                                                                                                            better and IN 133 with a C or better, or
should be familiar with the UNIX or Windows
                                                         IN 217. 2D Animation and Cartooning I. 3 hours     instructor approval. This course will enable
operating system and have a basic
                                                      credit. Prerequisite: IN 115 with a C or better       the student to install the appropriate edition
understanding of how to use the Internet
                                                      or instructor approval. This course will enable       of SQL Server 2005 and manage the data in
before enrolling in this course.
                                                      the student to create animations for the Web,         that installation. The student will analyze the
    IN 208. Digital Media Publishing Tools. 3 hours   including animated buttons, banner ads,               network and business requirements so that
credit. Prerequisites: IN 115, IN 117,                cartoons, and animated diagrams. The                  the SQL Server instance is installed on the
IN 119, and IN 123 all with a C or better. This       student will analyze cartoon styles and               correct hardware with the appropriate
course will enable the student to prepare digital     techniques; complete a series of specified            software configuration. The student will also
files for publication and delivery in a variety of    animation projects, storyboard, and produce           learn techniques to manage and secure that
print, web, and video formats using industry-         original animations. The student’s work will          data in various environments.
standard software tools. The student will             focus on current 2-dimensional animation
prepare professional identity materials               technologies: ToonBoom Studio, green                     IN 240. Linux on the Desktop. 3 hours credit.
including business cards and marketing                screening, stop animation, rotoscoping and            Prerequisite: IN 133 with a C or better. This
brochures. The student will develop a web site        vector animation with Flash. The student will         course will enable the student to install, use,
that incorporates Flash video and includes a          create professional-quality animations and            and support Linux as a desktop operating
project gallery that displays previously created      manage an efficient workflow. This course is          system.
digital projects. Using previously created            designed for those anticipating a career in
original photographs and illustrations, the           Digital Animation.
student will create interactive multimedia
presentations and publish them to DVDs. Given
publication scenarios, the student will select the
most appropriate publication tool, format, and
distribution channel. The student will research
emerging publication tools and evaluate their
usefulness in digital media production.


 138 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                            WHERE power LIVES
   IN 245. CCNA 1 Internetworking Fundamentals. 3      IN 250. Network Directory Services II. 3 hours      IN 266. Desktop Game Development. 3 hours
hours credit. Prerequisites: IN 106 and IN 133      credit. Prerequisite or concurrent: IN 150.         credit. Prerequisite: IN 200 with a C or better.
with a C or better. This course will enable the     This course will enable the student to design       This course will enable the student to create
student to use network protocol models to           the forest and domain infrastructure for an         database-driven desktop games. This course
explain the layers of communications in data        Active Directory installation. The student will     provides the skills to develop a complex
networks. The student will design, calculate,       create a naming strategy, integrate name            software application using project
apply subnet masks and addresses to                 resolution with DHCP and place domain               development, software design, and computer
networks, and build a simple Ethernet               controllers. The student will plan for FSMO         language skills.
network using routers and switches. The             role placement, identify redundancy and
student will apply basic cabling and network        bandwidth requirements and plan for remote             IN 267. Internet Game Development. 3 hours
designs to connect devices. The student will        access. The student will also design                credit. Prerequisite: IN 182 with a C or better.
perform basic router and switch configuration       infrastructure resources and configure              This course will enable the student to create
and verification. Within the OSI model the          security for the Active Directory installation.     database-driven, multi-user games to play
student will analyze the operations of the                                                              over the internet. This course provides the
transport and network layer protocols and                                                               skills to develop a complex software
                                                       IN 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
services.                                           Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.      application using project development,
                                                    Topics of specific interest to the student will     software design, and computer language skills.
   IN 246. CCNA 2 Router Technologies. 3 hours      be developed. These topics will be established          IN 268. Designing a Database Server
credit. Prerequisites: IN 245 with a C or           by student needs or requirements. Areas of          Infrastructure. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: IN
better. This course will enable the student to      specific needs will be pursued and                  238 with a C or better. This course will enable
configure and verify router interfaces. The         instructional material that lends itself to         the student to design and deploy an SQL
comprehensive RIPv1 configurations will be          current trends or topics that are needed to         Server 2005 database server infrastructure.
performed by the student. The student will          supplement normal classroom instruction             The student will learn strategies to maintain
design and implement a classless IP                 will be offered.                                    high availability systems in the enterprise
addressing scheme for a network and use                                                                 while guarding data integrity. The student will
advanced configuration commands with                   IN 261. Programming for Wireless and Handheld    also learn how to secure the server
routers implementing EIGRP. The student             Devices. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: IN 108       infrastructure through the use of policies,
will apply the basic RIPv2 configuration            with a C or better. This course will enable the     surface configuration, authentication,
commands, evaluate RIPv2 classless routing          student to apply a variety of applications that     endpoint protection, and other software tools.
updates, and identify the characteristics of        can be run on Personal Digital Assistants or
distance vector routing protocols.                  cell phones. The course starts at an                   IN 269. Optimizing and Maintaining a Database
                                                    introductory level and progresses to advanced       Solution. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:
   IN 247. CCNA 3 LAN Switching and Wireless. 3     programming concepts including                      IN 238 with a C or better. This course will
hours credit. Prerequisites: IN 246 with a C or     programming for the wireless Internet and           enable the student to optimize and maintain
better. This course will enable the student to      mobile businesses.                                  the SQL Server 2005 database environment.
implement a switched network and a basic                                                                The student will learn various strategies to
wireless network. The student will configure,          IN 264. Visual Basic.NET. 3 hours credit.        troubleshoot and enhance database
verify, and troubleshoot Virtual Area               Prerequisite: IN 105 with a C or better. This       performance while maintaining data integrity.
Networks (VLANs) on switches.                       course will enable the student to use Visual        The student will also investigate how business
                                                    Basic.NET to construct Windows based                requirements impact data quality and learn
   IN 248. CCNA 4 Wide Area Network. 3 hours        applications. VB.NET is a Windows Forms             how to respond to various security needs in
credit. Prerequisites: IN 247 with a C or           Designer which enables developers to create         the installation.
better. This course will enable the student to      desktop applications quickly and efficiently.
configure Wide Area Networks (WAN) and              New features include Web-based applications            IN 274. 4D Animation Development. 3 hours
Network Address Translation (NAT) on Cisco          that render on any browser and on any               credit. Prerequisite: Completion of IN 174
routers and incorporate network policies            platform. The course starts at an introductory      with a C or better. This course will enable the
using Access Control Lists (ACLs).                  level and progresses to advanced                    student to apply previously learned concepts
                                                    programming concepts.                               of animation to the design and creation of
                                                                                                        stories told through movement across
   IN 249. Linux as a Server. 3 hours credit.
                                                                                                        timelines in XYZ-coordinate space. The
Prerequisite: IN 240 with a C or better. This          IN 265. Handheld Game Development. 3 hours
                                                                                                        student will develop technical skills by using
course will enable the student to install,          credit. Prerequisite: IN 214 with a C or better.
                                                                                                        computer-generated interface (CGI) tools to
support and maintain a Linux computer as a          This course will enable the student to create a
                                                                                                        create animations that employ deformations,
server or workstation computer.                     complete handheld game for a mobile phone
                                                                                                        f-curves, and other modeling and movement
                                                    or PDA. This course provides the skills to
                                                                                                        helpers. The student will create a short
                                                    develop a complex software application using
                                                                                                        animation for their demo reel by developing
                                                    project development, software design, and
                                                                                                        and implementing a complete production
                                                    computer language skills.
                                                                                                        pipeline, from storyboard to final rendering.
                                                                                                        The student will evaluate his/her own and
                                                                                                        others’ work for expression of effective design
                                                                                                        principles, creativity, thoughtful concept, and
                                                                                                        well-executed craftsmanship.



                                                                                                                     2009 - 2010 CATALOG 139
         WHERE power LIVES
   IN 275. Information Technology Ethics. 3 hours        IN 2001. Principles of Information Assurance. 3      IN 2017. Data Structures and Algorithms. 2
credit. Prerequisites: 12 credit hours of             hours credit. This course will enable the            hours credit. This course will enable the
Information Technology coursework. This               student to understand and implement basic            student to develop an algorithm which may be
course will enable the student to appraise ethical    security in a diverse information technology         translated into a computer program. The
issues that information technology professionals      environment. The student will learn how to           student will learn how to incorporate
face in a corporate setting. The student will         implement physical security, harden various          different data types and data structures into a
examine the classical normative ethical theories      operating systems, and implement access              computer program.
based on notions of duties, rights, consequence       control lists. The student will explore various
and virtue as well as the contemporary codes of       attack techniques, be introduced to current             IN 2022. Software Engineering and UML. 2
conduct established by professional IT                threats and vulnerabilities in the cyber             hours credit. This course will enable the
organizations. The student will explore, analyze,     landscape, explore countermeasures, and              student to analyze, develop and test software
and critique ethical case studies in order to         review pertinent legislation relating to             using various software modeling techniques.
develop skills in ethical thought and written         information security.                                The student will use the Unified Modeling
communication. This course is intended for the                                                             Language (UML) as part of the design process.
student who anticipates a career within the              IN 2002. Network Security. 3 hours credit.
computer industry or who is interested in ethics      Prerequisites: IN 2001 with a C or better and           IN 2023. Client Side Scripting. 3 hours credit.
and technology.                                       (IN 246 with a C or better or IN 2000 with a C       Prerequisite: IN 112 with a C or better. This
                                                      or better). This course will enable the student      course will enable the student to use web
   IN 290. Information Technology Business            to understand and implement network                  development tools to create dynamic web
Solutions. 3 hours credit. Prerequisites:             security in a diverse information technology         pages. The student is introduced to the
Completion of 12 hours of IN courses and 6            environment. The student will learn about            different tools and languages used to develop
hours of BA courses. This course will enable          network communications from a security               database-driven applications for the World
the student to apply his/her information              standpoint, hardware and software security           Wide Web.
technology knowledge in a simulated business          solutions, and perform exercises in securing
environment that will develop project                 networks and operating systems.                         IN 2024. Server Side Programming. 3 hours
management and teamwork skills. Working                                                                    credit. This course will enable the student to
with others and individually, the student will           IN 2003. Enterprise Security Management. 3        create server side scripts to develop dynamic
complete tasks associated with running the            hours credit. Prerequisite: IN 2001 with a C or      web pages. The student is introduced to Web
simulated business. These tasks will involve          better. This course will enable the student to       technologies to include scripting languages
planning, designing, scheduling, and costing          understand and implement principles of risk          and web development tools.
projects as well as managing the finances of a        management. The student will learn about
simulated business. The project team will             security architectures, incident handling,              IN 2025. IBM Project Based Learning I. 2 hours
prepare and present business proposals and            disaster recovery, and secure systems                credit. This course will enable the student to
solutions during the course.                          administration.                                      translate software development theory and
                                                                                                           practice into a project. The project requires
    IN 299. Digital Media Capstone. 3 hours credit.      IN 2004. Secure Electronic Commerce. 3 hours      the application of object-oriented analysis
Prerequisites: IN 115, IN 122, IN 123,                credit. Prerequisite: IN 2001 with a C or            and design concepts, database design
IN 124, IN 217, and IN 208 all with a C or better.    better. This course will enable the student to       concepts, and programming using object-
This course will enable the student to apply          understand electronic commerce in the                oriented languages and web technologies.
skills learned in digital media courses, to           world. The student will learn about threats,         Students will work together to create an e-
conduct research on digital media topics, to          vulnerabilities, and policies when dealing           Business application.
complete professional-quality projects and to         with electronic commerce systems.
develop a network of professional contacts. The
                                                                                                              IN 2026. Enterprise Application Development
student will work independently on
                                                         IN 2005. Digital Forensics. 3 hours credit.       Using XML. 3 hours credit. This course will
individually determined projects. The student
                                                      Prerequisites IN 2002, IN 2003, and IN 2004          enable the student to use XML to develop
is expected to prepare complete progress
                                                      with a C or better and acceptance through the        applications and exchange data. The student
reports and demonstrate constructive
                                                      program application process. This course will        will create DTDs and schemas and will be
reflection on his/her own process. The student
                                                      enable the student to understand and                 introduced to DTDs, namespaces, schemas,
will develop job search skills by preparing
                                                      implement principles and procedures of data          Document Object Models, XSLT, databases,
professional identity materials and
                                                      forensics. The student will learn about proper       web services and SOAP.
participating in mock interviews. In addition,
                                                      equipment seizure methodology, confiscated
the student will present his/her capstone
                                                      materials analysis, and follow up processes             IN 2027. e-Commerce, e-Business and Security.
project to the public for review and comment.
                                                      relating to the incident.                            3 hours credit. This course will enable the
                                                                                                           student to incorporate the fundamentals of e-
   IN 2000. Networking and Architectures. 3 hours
credit. Prerequisite: IN 106 with a C or better.         IN 2006. Wireless Security. 3 hours credit.       Commerce, e-Business and security concepts
This course will enable the student to                Prerequisite: (IN 2000 with a C or better or IN      into e-Business applications. The student will
understand the networking world of today and          246 with a C or better) and IN 2001 with a C or      enable the student will develop the foundation
gain insight into tomorrow’s networking               better. This course will enable the student to       to understand the underlying technologies,
landscape. The student will be able to create         understand the wireless networking world of          building blocks and products needed to create
reliable networks using various architectures,        today. The student will gain the security tools      e-business solutions.
topologies and protocols based on a clear             and skills necessary to secure business and
understanding of the fundamental and                  home office wireless networks.
advanced concepts of networking.

 140 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                              WHERE power LIVES
   IN 2028. Enterprise Java I. 3 hours credit.          IS 052. Vocabulary I. 1 hour credit. This            IT 102. Machine Processes II. 3 hours credit.
This course will enable the student to develop       course will enable the student to use                Prerequisite: A score at a predetermined level
and test server-side applications that use           approximately 300 selected words and to              in reading, writing, and math on a placement
servlets and Java Server Pages (JSPs). The           make educated assumptions about word                 instrument. This course will enable the
student will build Java 2 Enterprise Edition         meanings based on context clues, when no             student to complete machine shop operations.
(J2EE) applications using IBM’s WebSphere            other resources are available.                       The student will build upon basic machine
Studio Application Developer (WSAD), and                                                                  shop skills, including calculations,
gain familiarity with the features available in         IS 115. Writing Skills II. 1 hour credit. This    measurements, blueprint reading, material
WSAD. The student will also be introduced to         course will enable the student to use pre-           science, and bench work.
Enterprise JavaBeans (EJBs) and IBM’s                writing strategies to plan and develop unified
WebSphere Application Server (WAS).                  paragraphs, maintain consistent point of view           IT 116. Mechanical Devices and Systems. 3
                                                     throughout a paragraph, read an essay and            hours credit. Prerequisite: A score at a
   IN 2029. Enterprise Java II. 3 hours credit.      answer an essay question using a well-               predetermined level in reading, writing, and
This course will enable the student to develop       organized, unified paragraph, use variety in         math on a placement instrument. This course
Enterprise JavaBean (EJB) applications using         sentence length and structure, use concrete,         will enable the student to understand basic
IBM’s WebSphere Studio Application                   specific details to support general statements,      systems and mechanical devices and the usage
Developer (WSAD) and deploy them on an               and use correct grammar, punctuation, and            of each.
IBM WebSphere Application Server (WAS).              sentence structure.
The student will also be enabled to administer                                                               IT 117. Fluid Power. 3 hours credit.
and trouble-shoot Java 2 Enterprise Edition             IS 118. English Grammar Review II. 1 hour         Prerequisite: A score at a predetermined level
(J2EE) applications.                                 credit. Prerequisite: A score at a                   in reading, writing, and math on a placement
                                                     predetermined level in writing on a placement        instrument. This course will enable the
   IN 2030. IBM Project Based Learning II. 2 hours   instrument. This course will enable the              student to apply basic principles of fluid
credit. This course will enable the student to       student to identify parts of speech, phrases,        power in an industrial setting.
work as a team member to develop a solution          clauses, verbals and sentence structure.
to a real-world e-Business problem. The                                                                      IT 120. Beginning Concepts of CNC. 3 hours
student will define the problem and come up             IS 125. Spelling Improvement II. 1 hour credit.   credit. Prerequisite: A score at a
with a web-based solution utilizing software         This course will enable the student to spell         predetermined level in reading, writing, and
skills to include DB2 UDB programming and            correctly the crucial core words of the English      math on a placement instrument. This course
Stored Procedures, Web Programming,                  language by applying the major spelling rules.       will enable the student to understand and
Enterprise Application Development, Java                                                                  apply beginning automated manufacturing
and XML.                                                IS 135. Vocabulary Development II. 1 hour         concepts.
                                                     credit. This course will enable the student to
  (IS) INDEPENDENT STUDY                             use, with comfort, approximately 300 selected           IT 135. Introduction to composites. 4 hours
                                                     words and to make educated assumptions               credit. This course will enable the student to
   Independent study courses are offered
                                                     about word meanings based on context clues,          understand and apply basic principles in the
either by appointment or online, meaning
                                                     when no other resources are available.               fabrication, repair and design of composite
that students choose their own consistent
weekly class times. Students must contact the                                                             structures.
instructor as soon as they enroll to make an            IS 059 and 254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
                                                     Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.          IT 136. Composite Manufacturing Practices. 4
appointment for an orientation session.
                                                     Topics of specific interest to the student will be   hours credit . This course will enable the
During this orientation time, the instructor
                                                     developed. These topics will be established by       student to develop an understanding of the
will go over the syllabus, decide with the
                                                     student needs or requirements. Areas of              actual manufacturing processes used in
student the best time for him/her to work on
                                                     specific needs will be pursued and instructional     composites.
the class, and explain the policies and
                                                     material that lends itself to current trends or
procedures of independent study.
                                                     topics that are needed to supplement normal             IT 141. Industrial Supervision. 3 hours credit.
                                                     classroom instruction will be offered.               Prerequisite: A score at a predetermined level
   IS 051. Spelling Improvement I. 1 hour credit.
This course will enable the student to begin                                                              in reading, writing, and math on a placement
correctly spelling everyday words in the              (IT) MANUFACTURING &                                instrument. This course will enable the
English language. In addition, some of the           COMPOSITE ENGINEERING                                student develop an understanding of the
                                                                                                          underlying principles, traditions, and
more complicated, lesser used words will be
introduced. The student will learn some of the
                                                            TECHNOLOGY                                    contemporary issues in industrial
rules that apply to the English language and            IT 100. Machine Processes I. 3 hours credit.      supervision.
                                                     Prerequisite: A score at a predetermined level
how to recognize when these rules apply. This
                                                     in reading, writing, and math on a placement
course will enable the student to correctly
                                                     instrument. This is an introductory course to
spell words in the English language in written
                                                     machine shop operations. This course will
documents both in college courses and in
                                                     enable the student to understand and apply
personal writings.
                                                     basic machine processes. Basic machine shop
                                                     calculations, measurements, blueprint
                                                     reading, material science, and bench work are
                                                     introduced in the course.



                                                                                                                        2009 - 2010 CATALOG 141
         WHERE power LIVES
   IT 150. Machine Trades Print Reading. 3 hours       IT 215. Intro to Robotics. 3 hours credit.         IT 226. Introduction to Material and
credit. Prerequisite: A score at a                  Prerequisite: A score at a predetermined level     Manufacturing Science. 3 hours credit.
predetermined level in reading, writing, and        in reading, writing, and math on a placement       Prerequisite: IT 204 with a C or better. This
math on a placement instrument. Topics              instrument. This course will enable the            course will enable the student to develop an
include types of prints, conventional drafting,     student to develop an understanding of             understanding of material usage, load, strain
computer-aided design, print layout, object         robotic operations and robot use in a              and manufacturing processes and principles.
representation, shop math, GD&T, threads            manufacturing setting. The student will solve      The student will be prepared for the Society of
and fasteners, sectional views, auxiliary           basic manufacturing problems through the           Manufacturing Engineers (SME) Technologist
views, detail and assembly prints, machined         use of robots and automatic operations.            Certification Test (CMfgT).
features, gears and cams, and numerical
control documents The focus of the course is           IT 216. Basic 2-D Featurecam. 3 hours credit.      IT 227. Manufacturing Science. 3 hours credit.
to help students in manufacturing with              Prerequisite: IT 120 with a C or better. This      Prerequisite: IT 204 with a C or better. This
visualization of print components, assemblies       course will enable the student to use              course will enable the student to develop an
and subassemblies, and then introduce the           Featurecam as both a design and                    understanding of product design,
various areas on prints and related paperwork       manufacturing software in the machining of         manufacturing processes, quality control, and
where additional information can be found.          2-D parts.                                         management. This course is the second
The course is intended to present                                                                      course in the preparation series for the
manufacturing production drawings from the                                                             Society of Manufacturing Engineers (SME)
                                                       IT 217. Basic 2-D Mastercam. 3 hours credit.
viewpoint of the blueprint reader, rather than      Prerequisite: IT 120 with a C or better. This      Technologist Certification Test (CMfgT).
the viewpoint of the draftsman.                     course will enable the student to use                 IT 228. SME Certification Test with review. 3
                                                    Mastercam as both a design and                     hours credit. Prerequisites: IT 226 and
   IT 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate      manufacturing software in the machining of         IT 227 with a C or better. This course will
education with on-the-job experience. See           2-D parts.                                         enable the student to demonstrate an
Internships section of this catalog for a                                                              understanding of material usage, loads, strain
complete description of these courses.                 IT 218. Basic Catia. 3 hours credit.            and stress for use in a manufacturing setting.
                                                    Prerequisite: IT 120 with a C or better, or        This course is the final course in the
   IT 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative           departmental consent. A score at a                 preparation series for the Society of
Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education   predetermined level in reading, writing, and       Manufacturing Engineers (SME) Technologist
with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative         math on a placement instrument. This course        Certification Test (CMfgT).
Education section of this catalog for a             will enable the student to use Catia as both a
complete description of these courses.              design and manufacturing software in the              IT 230. Manufacturing Part Design. 3 hours
                                                    machining of 2-D parts.                            credit. This course will enable the student to
   IT 196. Statistical Process Control. 3 hours                                                        develop a basic understanding of
credit. Prerequisite: A score at a                     IT 219. Advanced Catia. 3 hours credit.         manufactured part design principles and to
predetermined level in reading, writing, and        Prerequisite: IT 218 with a C or better, or        apply design concepts in manufacturing and
math on a placement instrument. An                  departmental consent. This course will enable      machining. The student will design projects,
introductory course that examines the present       the student to use Catia as both a design and      make design decisions, and apply overall
methods of American manufacturing and how           manufacturing software in the machining of         design concepts as they relate to
the concepts of the Transformation of               3-D parts and advanced modeling projects.          manufacturing part design.
American Industry process can be applied to
increase productivity. Methods of Statistical                                                             IT 235. Composite Structure Repair. 4 hours
                                                        IT 220. Advanced Automated Manufacturing
Process Control will be applied. The methods                                                           credit. This course will enable the student to
                                                    with CNC. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: A score
of Statistical Process Control include data                                                            apply current strategies in composite structure
                                                    at a predetermined level in reading, writing,
gathering, charting, analyzing and                                                                     and the repair of composite materials.
                                                    and math on a placement instrument. This
interpreting graphs, and identifying                course will enable the student to manufacture         IT 236. Advanced Techniques in Composites. 4
problems.                                           projects using automated CNC technology.           hours credit. This course will enable the
                                                                                                       student to understand and apply advanced
   IT 204. Materials and Processes of Industry. 3      IT 221. Advanced Featurecam. 3 hours credit.    principles and techniques in the fabrication
hours credit. Prerequisite: A score at a            Prerequisite: IT 216 with a C or better. This      and design of composite structures.
predetermined level in reading, writing, and        course will enable the student to use
math on a placement instrument. This course         Featurecam as both a design and                        IT 240. Industrial Maintenance I. 3 hours
will enable the student to identify and             manufacturing software in the machining of         credit. Prerequisite: A score at a
understand current manufacturing materials          3-D parts and advanced modeling projects.          predetermined level in reading, writing, and
and processes.                                                                                         math on a placement instrument. This course
                                                       IT 225. Advanced Mastercam. 3 hours credit.     is an overview of a wide variety of skills and
   IT 205. Industrial Safety. 3 hours credit.       Prerequisite: IT 217 with a C or better. This      information necessary for today’s
Prerequisite: A score at a predetermined level      course will enable the student to use              maintenance personnel.
in reading, writing, and math on a placement        Mastercam as both a design and
instrument. This course will enable the                                                                   IT 260. Introduction to Quality Assurance. 3
                                                    manufacturing software in the machining of
                                                                                                       hours credit. This course will enable the
student to identify and understand safety           3-D parts and advanced modeling projects.
                                                                                                       student to apply basic principles of current
hazards in a business or industrial setting.
                                                                                                       concepts of quality assurance.



 142 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                               WHERE power LIVES
   IT 261. Quality Audit. 3 hours credit.                   LS 160. The Emerging Leader. 3 hours credit.      LT 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative
Prerequisite: A score at a predetermined level          This course will enable the student to             Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education
in reading, writing, and math on a placement            understand concepts and develop skills in          with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative
instrument. This course is designed as an               leadership with an emphasis on application in      Education section of this catalog for a
introduction to quality auditing techniques.            a team setting. The student will practice          complete description of these courses.
Students will receive an introduction to the            leadership skills and self-reflection in
fundamentals of auditing, audit planning,               preparation for leadership positions. The              LT 201. Introduction to Literature I. 3 hours
types of quality audits, responsibilities of the        course is experiential and self-explorative;       credit. Prerequisite: EG 101 with a C or better.
auditor and person being audited, audit                 the student will assess past and present           This is an introductory course to the study of
analysis, and measuring and improving the               leadership experiences and identify possible       literary terminology and criticism in poetry,
effectiveness of the quality audit.                     future leadership practices.                       fiction (short story), and drama.
Additionally, students will design audit forms
and formulate basic audit procedures.                      LS 210. Leadership through Challenge Course        LT 204. Introduction to Poetry. 3 hours credit.
                                                        Facilitation. 3 hours credit. This course will     Prerequisite: EG 101 with a C or better. A
   IT 263. Introduction to Metrology. 3 hours credit.   enable the student to facilitate both low          study of poets selected on the basis of their
This course will enable the student to apply            course and high course challenges. In low          contributions to trends in both poetic themes
basic measurement skills, system calibration            course facilitation, the student will focus on     and forms. Emphasis on helping students
skills, measurement system analysis, and build          decision making, leadership, communication,        develop adequate techniques for reading,
specialized inspection equipment.                       trust, and reflection discussions. In high         understanding and enjoying poetry.
                                                        course facilitation, the student will focus on
   IT 266. Introduction to Six Sigma. 3 hours credit.   knot typing, belay techniques, rappelling, wall       LT 205. Introduction to Short Story. 3 hours
This course will enable the student to develop          climbing, and rescue. The student will             credit. Prerequisite: EG 101 with a C or better. A
an understanding of Six Sigma quality tools. The        experience leadership outcomes and achieve         study of the short story. Emphasis is on lectures,
quality improvement program of Define,                  certification from Adventure Experience, Inc.      discussions of stories in an anthology and
Measure, Analyze, Improve, and Control                  (AEI) and Association for Challenge Course         written reports of assigned library readings.
(DMAIC) is the backbone of the course.                  Technology (ACCT).
                                                                                                               LT 211. British Literature I: Origins-1784. 3 hours
                                                                                                           credit. Prerequisite: EG 101 with a C or better.
   IT 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.             LS 220. Team and Community Building. 3 hours
Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.          credit. This course will enable the student to     This course is a survey of the major English
A score at a predetermined level in reading,            understand effective collaboration by using        writers from the beginning of English literature
writing, and math on a placement instrument.            various leadership strategies. Communication,      through 1784, a study of their works in
Topics of specific interest to the student will be      decision-making skills, conflict resolution,       chronological sequence, and an analysis of the
developed. These topics will be established by          interpersonal relationships and group              literary historical periods of England. This basic
student needs or requirements. Areas of                 cooperation are topics that will be covered in     course is recommended for all English majors.
specific needs will be pursued and instructional        this experiential classroom setting. The
                                                                                                               LT 212. British Literature II: 1784 to Present. 3
material that lends itself to current trends or         student will engage in a team service-learning
                                                                                                           hours credit. Prerequisite: EG 101 with a C or
topics that are needed to supplement normal             community project applying their
                                                                                                           better. This course is a continuation of the
classroom instruction will be offered.                  collaborative skills gained from the class.
                                                                                                           survey of the major English writers from 1784
                                                                                                           to the present time, studied in chronological
          (LS) LEADERSHIP                                  LS 230. Leadership Development. 3 hours
                                                                                                           sequence with attention given to the
                                                        credit. Prerequisite: Students must have 24 or
    LS 101. Youth Leadership. 1 hour credit. This                                                          characteristics of the literary historical
course will enable the student to understand            more credit hours or division consent. This
                                                        course includes study of leadership styles,        periods of England. This basic course is
leadership styles, skills, roles, and functions                                                            recommended for all English majors.
of leaders within a community. Through                  skills, roles and functions of leaders within
community profiles, the student will examine            organization. Students will study the history
                                                                                                               LT 215. American Literature I: Colonial to 1865. 3
the economic, political, and cultural                   and origins of leadership, theoretical
                                                                                                           hours credit. Prerequisite: EG 101 with a C or
infrastructures of Butler County                        approaches to leadership and ethical issues
                                                                                                           better. This course includes representative
communities. The student will develop a                 facing contemporary leaders. Students will be
                                                                                                           work in prose and poetry from the beginnings
personal leadership philosophy and                      required to develop a personal philosophy of
                                                                                                           of American Literature to the Civil War.
determine his/her leadership style. The                 leadership, address moral and ethical
                                                                                                           Emphasis on those writers whose works
student will participate in a community                 responsibilities of leadership and determine
                                                                                                           illustrate philosophies which still affect
service project using his/her leadership skills.        their own style of leadership. This program
                                                                                                           modern American thought. This is a basic
                                                        integrates readings from the humanities,
                                                                                                           course recommended for all English majors.
                                                        classic works of literature, contemporary
    LS 150. Exploring Leadership. 3 hours credit.
                                                        multicultural writing and experiential                LT 216. American Literature II: 1865 to Present.
This course will enable the student to
                                                        learning exercises with readings and               3 hours credit. Prerequisite: EG 101 with a C
understand the history and development of
                                                        discussion of traditional leadership theories.     or better. This course includes representative
leadership. The student will examine his or her
values, goals, and leadership potential. The                                                               work in prose and poetry from the Civil War to
student understand the ethical responsibilities                  (LT) LITERATURE                           the present. Emphasis upon those writers
of leadership and learn how, as leaders and                LT 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate     whose works still affect and illustrate modern
followers, to actively engage in change to create       education with on-the-job experience. See          American thought will be emphasized.
a better community or organization.                     Internships section of this catalog for a
                                                        complete description of these courses.


                                                                                                                          2009 - 2010 CATALOG 143
         WHERE power LIVES
   LT 218. Shakespeare. 3 hours credit.                  MA 060. Fundamentals of Algebra. 3 hours            MA 126. Graphing Calculator for College
Prerequisite: EG 101 with a C or better. An           credit. Prerequisite: Placement score or            Algebra/Calculus. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:
examination of several of the significant             MA 050 with a C or better. This course will         Placement score for College Algebra; MA 120
tragedies, histories, and comedies with adequate      enable the student to interpret mathematical        or MA 125 with a C or better. This course will
background studies in Elizabethan culture.            symbols and notation, simplify expressions,         enable the student to develop skills necessary
                                                      solve equations and inequalities, and graph         to use the functions of the graphing calculator.
    LT 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.       lines. The student will gain confidence in          The student will use the graphing calculator to
Prerequisite: Approval of division dean and           their math ability through improved study           solve mathematical problems. The course will
instructor. Topics of specific interest to the        habits. The student will begin to conceptualize     primarily focus on the TI-graphing calculator.
student will be developed. Student’s needs or         abstract ideas. or MA 050 with a C or better.
requirements will establish these topics. Areas       This course will enable the student to                 MA 131. College Algebra with Review. 5 hours
of specific needs will be pursued and                 interpret mathematical symbols and notation,        credit. Prerequisite: Placement score or MA
instructional material that lends itself to current   simplify expressions, solve equations and           120 or MA 125 with a C or better. This course
trends or topics that are needed to supplement        inequalities, and graph lines. The student will     will enable the student to interpret
normal classroom instruction will be offered.         gain confidence in their math ability through       mathematical symbols and notation, simplify
                                                      improved study habits. The student will begin       expressions, factor polynomials, solve
    LT 260. Children’s Literature. 3 hours credit.    to conceptualize abstract ideas.                    equations (including absolute value, quadratic
Prerequisite: EG 101 with a C or better.                                                                  and systems of linear equations), perform
Readings in various types of children’s                                                                   operations on radical expressions, write
                                                         MA 114. Technical Mathematics I. 3 hours
literature, including a brief history of the          credit. Prerequisite: Placement score or            equations of lines, and evaluate functions.
literature, the children’s developmental stage,       MA 060 with a C or better. This course will         The student will begin to conceptualize
and the criteria for quality books.                   enable the student to directly apply                abstract ideas. The course incorporates some
Recommended for early-childhood, elementary           mathematics to several fields of study. The         review topics and moves at a slower pace than
and middle schoolteachers; parents; and as an         student will learn the practical applications of    MA 135.
elective for non-education majors.                    conversion factors, geometry, and right angle
                                                      trigonometry.                                          MA 135. College Algebra. 3 hours credit.
       (MA) MATHEMATICS                                                                                   Prerequisite: Placement score or MA 120 or
   MA 010. Basic Arithmetic. 1 hour credit.              MA 119. Introduction to Statistics. 3 hours      MA 125 with C or better. This course will
Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined             credit. Prerequisite: Placement score or            enable the student to interpret mathematical
level on a diagnostic and placement                   MA 060 with a C or better or equivalent. This       symbols and notation, simplify expressions,
instrument. This course will enable the               course will enable the student to identify          factor polynomials, solve equations
student to understand the operations of               misleading representations of data,                 (including absolute value, quadratic and
addition, subtraction, multiplication, division       summarize data, and interpret data.                 systems of linear equations), perform
and place value of whole numbers.                                                                         operations on radical expressions, write
                                                         MA 120. Intermediate Algebra with Review. 5      equations of lines and evaluate functions. The
   MA 020. Fractions, Decimals and Percents. 1                                                            successful student will begin to conceptualize
                                                      hours credit. Prerequisite: Placement score
hour credit. Prerequisite: A score at a pre-
                                                      or MA 060 or its equivalent with a C or better.     abstract ideas.
determined level on a diagnostic and
                                                      This course will enable the student to
placement instrument or MA 010 with a C or
                                                      interpret mathematical symbols and notation,           MA 140. Trigonometry. 3 hours credit.
better. This course will enable the student to
                                                      simplify expressions, factor polynomials,           Prerequisites: Placement score or MA 131 or
improve skills in operations of addition,
                                                      solve equations (including absolute value,          MA 135 or its equivalent with a C or better.
subtraction, multiplication and division with
                                                      quadratic and systems of linear equations)          This course will enable the student to identify
fractions, decimals, and percents. The
                                                      perform operations on radical expressions,          and manipulate trigonometric functions,
student will apply concepts of place value for
                                                      write equations of lines and evaluate               solve triangles, use and prove identities, solve
decimal numbers and problem solving.
                                                      functions after a review of some topics from        trigonometric equations, use and apply
   MA 040. Basic Algebra Concepts. 1 hour             basic algebra. The student will begin to            vectors to real-life models, and use complex
credit. Prerequisite: A score at a pre-               conceptualize abstract ideas.                       numbers and polar coordinates.
determined level on a diagnostic and
placement instrument or MA 020 with a C or                MA 125. Intermediate Algebra. 3 hours credit.       MA 145. Pre-Calculus Mathematics. 5 hours
better. This course will enable the student to        Prerequisite: Placement score or MA 060 or          credit. Prerequisite: Placement score or
use basic algebra concepts including signed           its equivalent with a C or better. This course      MA 125 with a B or better. This course will
numbers, equation solving, word problems,             will enable the student to interpret                enable the student to develop and apply
exponents, roots, and polynomials.                    mathematical symbols and notation, simplify         models using linear, polynomial, rational,
                                                      expressions, factor polynomials, solve              logarithmic, exponential, and trigonometric
   MA 050. Pre-Algebra. 3 hours credit. This          equations (including absolute value, quadratic      functions. The successful student will be able
course will enable the student to gain                and rational equations), perform operations         to identify and manipulate functions, solve
confidence with the use of basic arithmetic,          on radical expressions, write equations of          equations, prove trigonometric identities,
variables, negative numbers, algebraic                lines and evaluate functions. The student will      solve triangles, and use polar coordinates.
expressions, and techniques for solving               begin to conceptualize abstract ideas               This course is designed for students planning
equations. The student will improve study                                                                 to enroll in MA 151.
habits leading to success in the sequence of
algebra courses.



 144 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                               WHERE power LIVES
   MA 148. Calculus with Applications. 3 hours          MA 220. Statistics for Management, Life and           MC 126. Sports Media Practicum I. 3 hours
credit. Prerequisite: MA 131 or MA 135 or the        Social Sciences. 5 hours credit. Prerequisite:        credit. Prerequisite: Acceptance as a full-time
equivalent with a C or better. The successful        MA 131 or MA 135 with a C or better or                Sports Media staff member. This course will
student will be able to differentiate and            equivalent. This course will enable the               enable the student to train in and produce
integrate algebraic, logarithmic and                 student to collect data by appropriate                sports reporting via the radio, television,
exponential functions and apply those                sampling techniques, summarize data with              newspaper and magazine. The student will
concepts to real-world business, life sciences,      graphs and tables, calculate descriptive              learn play-by-play fundamentals and
and social-science applications, including           statistics, identify misuses of statistics,           newscasting practices.
marginal analysis.                                   perform linear regression, and estimate and
                                                     make decisions about means and proportions               MC 127. Sports Media Practicum II. 3 hours
   MA 151. Calculus I with Analytic Geometry. 5      through the use of confidence intervals,              credit. Prerequisite: MC 126 with a C or
hours credit. Prerequisite: Placement score          hypothesis testing, and ANOVA. The student            better. This course will enable the student to
or MA 131 or MA 135 with a C or better, and          will learn to use the graphing calculator and         produce sports coverage via the radio,
MA 140 or MA 145 with a C or better. This            computer software as effective tools for              television, newspaper and magazine. The
course will enable the student to solve              statistics.                                           student will broadcast play-by-play and
problems involving limits, derivatives and                                                                 newscasting at an advancing level and cover
some types of definite and indefinite integrals         MA 253. Calculus III with Analytic Geometry. 3     sports game stories, write feature and in-
both analytically and graphically, and use           hours credit. Prerequisite: MA 152 with a C or        depth stories and photograph sporting events.
them in physical applications.                       better. This course will enable the student to
                                                     understand the physical applications of                  MC 145. Newspaper Practicum I. 1 hour credit.
   MA 152. Calculus II with Analytic Geometry. 5     calculus and to become familiar with partial          Pre-requisite: Lantern activity scholarship or
hours credit. Prerequisite: MA 151 with a C or       differentiation, multiple integration, vectors,       instructor permission. This course will enable
better. This course will enable the student to       and three-dimensional geometry.                       the student to complete requirements as a
understand applications and methods of                                                                     first-semester Lantern staffer. This practicum
integration, improper integrals, convergence             MA 260. Differential Equations. 3 hours credit.   experience is for the student who is on
and divergence of infinite series, graphs of         Prerequisite: Placement score or MA 253 or            Lantern scholarship as a reporter,
conic sections, the polar coordinate system,         its equivalent with a C or better. The                photographer, designer, or business manager,
parametric equations, and linear algebra.            successful student will be able to solve              or the student who is a regular correspondent
                                                     differential equations of the first and higher        not on scholarship.
   MA 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate       order, linear and some types of nonlinear
education with on-the-job experience. See            equations with constant coefficients, using              MC 146. Newspaper Practicum II. 1 hour credit.
Internships section of this catalog for a            analytic and numerical methods. The                   Prerequisite: MC 145 with a C or better or
complete description of these courses.               successful student will be able to use                instructor permission. This course will enable
                                                     differential equations to solve applications in       the student to complete requirements as a
   MA 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative            engineering and physical science.                     second-semester Lantern staffer. This
Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education                                                          practicum experience is for the student who is
with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative             MA 255/256. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.        on Lantern scholarship as a reporter,
Education section of this catalog for a              Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.        photographer, designer, or business manager,
complete description of these courses.               Topics of specific interest to the student will       or the student who is a regular correspondent
                                                     be developed. These topics will be established        not on scholarship.
   MA 210. Applied Statistics. 3 hours credit.       by student needs or requirements. Areas of
Prerequisite: MA 135 with a C or better or           specific needs will be pursued and                       MC 147. Magazine Practicum I. 1 hour credit.
equivalent. This course will enable the              instructional material that lends itself to           Prerequisite: Acceptance as full-time Grizzly
student to collect data by appropriate               current trends or topics needed to                    Magazine staff member. Staff photographers
sampling techniques, summarize data with             supplement normal classroom instruction               should be familiar with darkroom procedures.
graphs and tables, calculate descriptive             will be offered.                                      Staff members are required to meet the
statistics, identify misuses of statistics, assess                                                         stipulations of their scholarship to
risk using concepts of probability, estimate                   (MC) MASS                                   successfully complete the course. The course
                                                                                                           involves the use of photography, layout,
and make decisions about means and
proportions through the use of confidence
                                                            COMMUNICATIONS                                 writing, and the principles of magazine
intervals and hypothesis testing, and perform           MC 100. Photography I. 3 hours credit. Survey      production to put together The Grizzly
linear regression.                                   of photography as an art and science.                 Magazine, the college’s color quarterly
                                                     Experience in taking, developing and printing         magazine. Particular emphasis is given to
                                                     pictures. A basic course recommended for all          students meeting deadlines.
                                                     journalism majors, but open to non-majors.
                                                     Darkroom laboratory work included and a
                                                     35mm camera is required.

                                                        MC 101. Photography II. 3 hours credit.
                                                     Prerequisite: MC 100 with a C or better. A
                                                     continuation of MC 100 with special emphasis
                                                     upon color photography.



                                                                                                                        2009 - 2010 CATALOG 145
        WHERE power LIVES
   MC 148. Magazine Practicum II. 1 hour credit.      MC 170. Radio Production I. 3 hours credit.        MC 185. Principles of Newspaper and Magazine
Prerequisite: MC 147 with a C or better and        Prerequisite MC 161, or may be taken               Production. 3 hours credit. This class
acceptance as full-time Grizzly Magazine staff     simultaneously. This course will enable the        introduces students to various aspects of
member. Staff photographers should be              student to better understand the medium of         newspaper and magazine production.
familiar with darkroom procedures. Staff           radio and its tools and technology. The            Students learn terminology, manipulate
members are required to meet the                   student will first assay and consider the          design elements, and understand different
stipulations of their scholarship to               impact of radio upon society, as well as           types of writing and visual elements of print
successfully complete the course. The course       societal impact upon radio. Then, in a more        communication. They will also go behind the
involves the use of photography, layout,           utilitarian application, the student will learn    scenes to see how publications get from
writing, and the principles of magazine            to properly operate radio equipment, and to        planning to print.
production to put together The Grizzly             apply that knowledge to aurally communicate
Magazine, the college’s color quarterly            to a mass audience. The aesthetic                     MC 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate
magazine. Particular emphasis is given to          manipulation of voice, music, and sound            education with on-the-job experience. See
students meeting deadlines.                        effects will be examined. There is an              Internships section of this catalog for a
                                                   emphasis on planning, writing, organizing,         complete description of these courses.
   MC 161. Introduction to Mass Communications.    and producing. The student will be involved
3 hours credit. This course offers history,        in all aspects of creating radio production and       MC 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative
roles and responsibilities of newspapers,          programming.                                       Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education
magazines, radio, television, books, and                                                              with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative
movies, the mass media.                               MC 171. Radio Production II. 3 hours credit.    Education section of this catalog for a
                                                   Prerequisite: MC 170 with a C or better. This      complete description of these courses.
   MC 162. Reporting I. 3 hours credit. This       course will enable the student to extend
course will enable the student to identify,        his/her learning, experience, and expertise in        MC 205. Writing for Radio/TV/Film. 3 hours
analyze, and write basic types of news stories,    the area of aural communication. The               credit. Prerequisite: EG 101 with a C or better.
primarily for the print media. The student         emphasis is entirely on planning, writing, and     This course covers the basic skills of
will gather information and write stories          execution of audio production, by both groups      broadcast writing for radio, television, and
correctly edited in AP (Associated Press)          and individuals. The student will be exposed       film. Writing scripts for drama, comedy,
style. The student will also understand a          to every aspect of audio production.               commercials, news and special-interest
journalist’s legal and ethical responsibility in                                                      programming is part of the course.
gathering and reporting the news.                     MC 175. Television Production I. 3 hours
                                                   credit. Prerequisite MC 161 with a C or better,       MC 206. Introduction to Film Theory. 3 hours
   MC 163. Applied Radio I. 1 hour credit.         or may be taken simultaneously. This course        credit. This course challenges students to
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. This          will enable the student to better understand       sharpen their powers of observation, helps
course is designed for students actively           the content of television programming, from        them develop the skills and habits of
participating in radio production,                 conception to realization, via the tools and       perceptive watching, and encourages them to
programming, and announcing. The student           technology of the medium. The student will         discover aspects of film art that they might
must be involved in radio which result in the      learn to properly utilize the various pieces of    otherwise overlook. Direct analysis of
operation of the Butler student-run radio          equipment, in studio and out, and to apply         selected films, both American and
station.                                           that knowledge to visually communicate. The        International is included.
                                                   added impact of music and sound effects is
   MC 164. Applied Radio II. 1 hour credit.        also studied. There is an emphasis in                 MC 210. Broadcast Reporting. 3 hours credit.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor and MC         planning, writing, and organizing. Social and      Prerequisite: MC 162 with a C or better. This
163 with a C or better. This course is designed    ethical issues will be analyzed. The student       course offers instruction and practice in
for students actively participating in radio       will be involved in all aspects of preparing       interviewing skills, writing broadcast copy,
production, programming and announcing.            video productions for television.                  in-depth reporting, and putting together a
The student must be involved in radio which                                                           daily newscast for the college’s radio station.
result in the operation of the Butler student-        MC 176. Television Production II. 3 hours
run radio station.                                 credit. Prerequisite: MC 175 with a C or better.      MC 226. Sports Media Practicum III. 3 hours
                                                   This course will enable the student to             credit. Prerequisite: MC 127 with a C or better.
   MC 165. Applied Television I. 1 hour credit.    continue the development of learning and           This course will enable the student to produce
This course is designed for students actively      understanding in regard to the production of       sports coverage via the radio, television,
participating in television production. The        television programming. Intensive utilization      newspaper and magazine at an intermediate
student must be involved in television             of video technology will extend the experience     level. The student with further develop sports
production which results in the completion of      and expertise of the student in visual             photography skills and broadcast
a Butler student-run television program.           communication. The emphasis is entirely on         performance.
                                                   planning, writing, and execution of video
   MC 166. Applied Television II. 1 hour credit.   production by both group and individuals.             MC 227. Sports Media Practicum IV. 3 hours
This course is designed for students actively      The student will be exposed to every aspect of     credit. Prerequisite: MC 226 with a C or
participating in television production. The        video production.                                  better. This course will enable the student to
student must be involved in television                                                                produce sports coverage via the radio,
production which results in the completion of                                                         television, newspaper, magazine, and web at
a Butler student-run television program.                                                              an advanced level.



 146 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                            WHERE power LIVES
   MC 230. Journalism Field Study. 6 hours             MC 248. Magazine Practicum IV. 1 hours              MC 281. Magazine/Yearbook Editing. 3 hours
credit. Prerequisite: Instructor approval.          credit. Prerequisite: MC 247 with a C or better     credit. Prerequisite: Students should be
Enrollment by appointment. This course will         and acceptance as full-time Grizzly Magazine        average or above in writing proficiency as
enable the student to gain practical                staff member. Staff photographers should be         demonstrated by a minimum grade of C in
experience in journalism outside the                familiar with darkroom procedures. Staff            high school English and/or EG 101 with a C or
academic setting. The student must work in          members are required to meet the                    better. This course involves the study of the
one or more of the following areas with a           stipulations of their scholarship to                fundamentals of copy writing, editing, and
qualified employer or supervisor: newspaper,        successfully complete the course. The course        layout for yearbooks and magazines. Copy
magazine, photojournalism, radio, television,       involves the use of photography, layout,            writing, editing, and layout assignments are
film/cinema, advertising and/or public              writing, and the principles of magazine             an integral part of the course.
relations. Student and instructor schedule a        production to put together The Grizzly
series of appointments during the semester.         Magazine, the college’s color quarterly                MC 282. News Editing. 3 hours credit.
At least two conferences will be held by the        magazine. Particular emphasis is given to           Prerequisite: MC 261 with a C or better.
instructor and employer to evaluate the             students meeting deadlines.                         Introduction of the skills needed by an editor.
student’s work.                                                                                         Three hours of lecture and three hours of
                                                                                                        laboratory.
                                                       MC 261. Reporting II. 3 hours credit.
   MC 245. Newspaper Practicum III. 1 hour          Prerequisite: MC 162 with a C or better.               MC 285. Principles of Photojournalism. 3 hours
credit. Prerequisite: MC 146 with a C or better     Continued development of students’ writing          credit. This course is intended for students
or instructor permission. This course will          skills. Special emphasis is placed on guests        interested in newspaper and periodical
enable the student to complete requirements         from the media and writing for actual               photography. Students will study examples
as a third semester Lantern staffer. This           publication.                                        from a range of types of published photographs
practicum experience is for the student who is                                                          for line, dimension, emotional impact, and
on Lantern scholarship as a reporter,                  MC 263. Applied Radio III. 1 hour credit.        story. Cropping, accenting, arrangement and
photographer, designer, or business manager,        Prerequisite: MC 162 with a C or better and         labeling will be practiced, and students will
or the student who is a regular correspondent       consent of instructor. A continuation of            prepare a portfolio and/or a string book.
not on scholarship.                                 Applied Radio II, this course is designed for
                                                    students actively participating in radio               MC 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
   MC 246. Newspaper Practicum IV. 1 hour           production, programming, and announcing.            Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.
credit. Prerequisite: MC 245 with a C or better     The student must be involved in radio which         Topics of specific interest to the student will be
or instructor permission. This course will          results in the operation of the Butler student-     developed. These topics will be established by
enable the student to complete requirements         run radio station.                                  student needs or requirements. Areas of
as a fourth semester Lantern staffer. This                                                              specific needs will be pursued and
practicum experience is for the student who is         MC 264. Applied Radio IV. 1 hour credit.         instructional material that lends itself to
on Lantern scholarship as a reporter,               Prerequisite: MC 263 with a C or better and         current trends or topics needed to supplement
photographer, designers, or business                consent of instructor. A continuation of            normal classroom instruction will be offered.
manager, or the student who is regular              Applied Radio III, this course is designed for
correspondents not on scholarship.                  students actively participating in radio              (MT) MASSAGE THERAPY
                                                    production, programming, and announcing.               MT 137. Body Systems and Disease I. 4 hours
   MC 247. Magazine Practicum III. 1 hour credit.   The student must be involved in radio which         credit. This course will enable the student to
Prerequisite: MC 148 with a C or better and         results in the operation of the Butler student-     apply basic principles of structure, function
acceptance as full-time Grizzly Magazine staff      run radio station.                                  and disease to massage therapy and will
member. Staff photographers should be                                                                   include the following systems: integumentary,
familiar with darkroom procedures. Staff               MC 265. Applied Television III. 1 hour credit.   skeletal, muscular (part 1), cardiovascular and
members are required to meet the                    Prerequisite: MC 176 with a C or better. This       digestive. The students will also explore
stipulations of their scholarship to                course is a continuation of MC 166. This            demographics, etiology, signs/symptoms and
successfully complete the course. The course        course is designed for students actively            treatment options of common disorders.
involves the use of photography, layout,            participating in television production. The
writing, and the principles of magazine             student must be involved in television                 MT 140. Therapeutic Massage I. 5 hours credit.
production to put together The Grizzly                                                                  Prerequisite: MT 137 with a C or better. MT
                                                    production which results in the completion of
Magazine, the college’s color quarterly                                                                 137 may be taken concurrently. This course
                                                    a Butler student-run television program.
magazine. Particular emphasis is given to                                                               will enable the student to understand the
students meeting deadlines.                                                                             foundations of massage therapy and to
                                                       MC 266. Applied Television IV. 1 hour credit.
                                                                                                        administer a Swedish massage. The student
                                                    Prerequisite: MC 265 with a C or better. This
                                                                                                        will engage in theory discussions and
                                                    course is a continuation of MC 265. This
                                                                                                        lab/technique instruction and practice. The
                                                    course is designed for students actively
                                                                                                        student will gain experience in Swedish
                                                    participating in television production. The
                                                                                                        massage techniques, client safety,
                                                    student must be involved in television
                                                                                                        communication skills, equipment safety,
                                                    production which results in the completion of
                                                                                                        hygiene and self-care. The student will gain
                                                    a Butler student-run television program.
                                                                                                        experience in relaxation massage as well as
                                                                                                        on-site seated chair massage.




                                                                                                                     2009 - 2010 CATALOG 147
        WHERE power LIVES
    MT 145. Reflexology. 3 hours credit. In this      MT 244. Lifespan Massage. 3 hours credit.          MU 102. Piano Class II. 1 hour credit.
course students examine the ancient massage        Prerequisite: MT 240 and MT 243 with a C or        Prerequisite: MU 101 with a C or better. This
practice which correlates specific points on       better or may be taken concurrently. This          course will enable the student to learn how to
the hands, feet and ears to the major systems      course will enable the student to integrate        read music off of a staff, and to play it on a
of the body. Clinical practice indications and     massage techniques and bodywork with               piano. Each semester builds upon the last, so
contraindications are emphasized. Students         developmental needs of clients throughout all      the skill level and musical sophistication of
perform reflexology massage techniques and         stages of life. Through an understanding of        the student increases with each semester. The
create a routine of reflexology massage.           the physical, cognitive and psycho-social          student must be able to demonstrate greater
Development of a reflexology practice is           characteristics of each major age group, the       skill level at the keyboard, along with
explored.                                          student will perform assessments and develop       increased musical sophistication with each
                                                   massage and/or bodywork regimens                   additional semester of study.
   MT 240. Therapeutic Massage II. 5 hours         appropriate for his clients of all ages.
credit. Prerequisite: MT 137, MT 140, MT 145,                                                            MU 103. Piano Class III. 1 hour credit.
and MT 243 with a C or better. MT 243 may be          MT 246. Mechanics of Movement. 3 hours          Prerequisite: MU 102 with a C or better. This
taken concurrently. This course will enable        credit. Prerequisites: MT 240 and MT 243           course will enable the student to learn how to
the student to use assessment skills to            with a C or better. This course will enable the    read music off of a staff, and to play it on a
determine appropriate therapeutic                  student to identify basic biomechanic              piano. Each semester builds upon the last, so
procedures. The student will learn                 principles through an in-depth study of the        the skill level and musical sophistication of
intermediate techniques to incorporate into        structure and function of the musculoskeletal      the student increases with each semester. The
their massage procedure. The student will          system as it relates to movement, posture,         student will have to demonstrate greater skill
integrate active and passive joint movements,      health, and massage. The student will identify     levels in both playing and reading music than
perform deep tissue techniques and                 and palpate major muscles, locating origins        in the previous two semesters.
incorporate energy work into the fundamental       and insertions while demonstrating actions
therapeutic massage with technique                 and applying the concepts to his/her massage          MU 104. Piano Class IV. 1 hour credit.
instruction, demonstration and hands-on            practice.                                          Prerequisite: MU 103 with a C or better. This
practice. The student will gain experience in                                                         course will enable the student to learn how to
clinical based massage, athletic massage,             MT 247. Massage Ethics. 2 hours credit.         read music off of a staff, and to play it on a
neuromuscular therapy and the modalities of        Prerequisites: MT 140 with a C or better. This     piano. Each semester builds upon the last, so
Shiatsu and aromatherapy.                          course will enable the student to learn            the skill level and musical sophistication of
                                                   professional and ethical principles of the         the student increases with each semester. The
   MT 241 Sports Massage. 3 hours credit.          massage industry and incorporate them into         student will have to demonstrate this
Prerequisite: MT 240, MT 244, and MT 246           his/her massage therapy practice.                  increased skill level in both playing and
with a C or better. MT 246 may be taken                                                               reading music than in the previous three
concurrently. This course will enable the             MT 260. Therapeutic Massage III. 3 hours        semesters.
student to assess athletic and non-athletic        credit . Prerequisites: MT 240, MT 241, and
clients and properly apply specific massage        MT 244 with a C or better. MT 241 may be               MU 105. Fundamentals of Music. 3 hours
techniques, theory, philosophy and practice of     taken concurrently. This course will enable        credit. This course will enable the student to
sports massage. Classroom presentations            the student to obtain advanced business skills     discuss how music can be used in the regular
focus on topics of injury pathology and            through various marketing, advertising, and        classroom as a powerful tool to help him/her
specialized clinical methods for relief of         bookkeeping strategies. The student will also      learn more effectively, including music’s
activity-altering injuries/complaints,             demonstrate techniques and skills in               ability to control behavior and enhance
dysfunction, trigger points, and common            supervised clinical experiences as well as be      creativity. This course will also enable the
injuries of each muscle palpated. The student      prepared, as a result of the Massage Therapy       student to demonstrate their understanding
will practice clinical applications of sports      program, to take the National Certification        of the rudiments of music.
massage for common athletic complaints of          Exam.
the upper and lower extremities.                                                                         MU 106. Piano Proficiency I. 1 hour credit.
                                                                (MU) MUSIC                            This course will enable the student to play a
   MT 243. Body Systems and Disease II. 4 hours       MU 100. Music Appreciation. 3 hours credit. A
                                                                                                      piece of music at a piano. It will also enable
credit. Prerequisites: MT 137 with a C or          study of musical materials, forms and styles       the student to harmonize, transpose, and use
better. This course will enable the student to     that will help the student to enjoy more fully     five-finger positions, the four types of triads
apply basic principles of structure, function      the music he/she may hear.                         and play scales. This is the first in a
and disease to massage therapy and will                                                               progression of four semesters of piano classes
include the following systems: muscular (part                                                         intended to help build the necessary
                                                      MU 101. Piano Class I. 1 hour credit. This
2), lymphatic, respiratory, endocrine, urinary,                                                       competencies required to pass the piano
                                                   course will enable the student to read music
reproductive and nervous. The student will                                                            proficiency requirements for the student
                                                   from a grand staff and to play this music on a
also explore demographics, etiology,                                                                  seeking a music degree.
                                                   piano. No experience is required, but the
signs/symptoms and treatment options of
                                                   classes must be taken in sequence. Each
common disorders.
                                                   semester builds upon the last, so the skill
                                                   level and musical sophistication of the
                                                   student increases with each semester.




 148 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                               WHERE power LIVES
   MU 107. Piano Proficiency II. 1 hour credit. This      MU 120. Applied Voice III. 2 hours credit.          MU 124. Applied Piano III. 1 or 2 hours credit.
course will enable the student to play a piece of      Prerequisite: MU 119 with a C or better. A          This course will enable the student to
music at a piano with greater competence,              continuation of MU 119.                             systematically advance his/her capabilities at
faster tempi, and more complex chord                                                                       playing the piano. It enables the student to
vocabulary than that attained at the end of MU            MU 121. Applied Voice IV. 2 hours credit.        advance skills of reading and playing notes
106, Piano Proficiency I. It will also enable the      Prerequisite: MU 120 with a C or better. A          from the grand staff, counting and playing
student to harmonize, transpose, and use five-         continuation of MU 120.                             rhythms correctly, using correct fingerings,
finger positions, the four types of triads and                                                             using adequate tempo, dynamic articulation
play scales, also at a greater level. This is the         MU 122. Applied Piano I. 1 or 2 hours credit.    and other markings. It also enables the
second course in a progression of four                 This course will enable the student to              student to demonstrate the accompaniment
semesters of piano classes intended to help            systematically advance his/her capabilities at      and melody of a piece of music. The student
build the necessary competencies required to           playing the piano. It enables the student to        must be able to demonstrate greater skill and
pass the piano proficiency requirements for the        advance skills of reading and playing notes         sophistication than that acquired in the
student seeking a music degree.                        from the grand staff, counting and playing          second semester. This is the third class in a
                                                       rhythms correctly, using correct fingerings,        sequence of four classes where the student
   MU 110. Introduction to Music Reading and           using adequate tempo, dynamic articulation          meets one-on-one with an instructor and
Theory. 3 hours credit. This course involves the       and other markings. It also enables the             determines a course of study based on
study of fundamental music concepts for                student to demonstrate the accompaniment            instructor assessment. A course of study
students interested in majoring in music by            and melody of a piece of music. This is the         includes elements of technique and stylistic
serving as a tool in fulfilling Theory of Music        first class in a sequence of four classes where     sophistication. There are lessons which
requirements. Ear-training skills will be              the student meets one-on-one with an                receive 1 credit hour that meet with an
emphasized at this time.                               instructor and determines a course of study         instructor once a week for ½ hour, and there
                                                       based on instructor assessment. A course of         are lessons which receive 2 credit hours that
   MU 111. Theory of Music I. 4 hours credit.          study includes elements of technique and            meet with an instructor for an hour lesson
Prerequisite: Fundamental music reading                stylistic sophistication. There are lessons         once a week. The 2 credit hour lessons are for
skills. Must be taken concurrently with MU             which receive 1 credit hour that meet with an       music majors or for pianists who have
156. This course involves an in-depth study of         instructor once a week for ½ hour, and there        considerable abilities and experience in piano
the construction of the most common scales as          are lessons which receive 2 credit hours that       playing.
well as the structure and development of               meet with an instructor for an hour lesson
three- and four-part chords. The                       once a week. The 2 credit hour lessons are for         MU 125. Applied Piano IV. 1 or 2 hours credit.
professionally standard method of music                music majors or for pianists who have               This course will enable the student to
copying and chord symbolization is                     considerable abilities and experience in piano      systematically advance his/her capabilities at
introduced. Emphasis is placed upon the                playing.                                            playing the piano. It enables the student to
development of aural skills and the application                                                            advance skills of reading and playing notes
of scale and chord theory to the keyboard.                MU 123. Applied Piano II. 1 or 2 hours credit.   from the grand staff, counting and playing
                                                       This course will enable the student to              rhythms correctly, using correct fingerings,
   MU 112. Theory of Music II. 4 hours credit.         systematically advance his/her capabilities at      using adequate tempo, dynamic articulation
Prerequisite: MU 111 with a C or better. Must          playing the piano. It enables the student to        and other markings. It also enables the
be taken concurrently with MU 157. This                advance skills of reading and playing notes         student to demonstrate the accompaniment
course continues the logical study of harmony          from the grand staff, counting and playing          and melody of a piece of music. The student
by vertically organizing scales to construct           rhythms correctly, using correct fingerings,        must be able to demonstrate greater skill and
(and enable the student to hear) four- and             using adequate tempo, dynamic articulation          sophistication than that acquired in the third
five-part chords. Altered four- and five-part          and other markings. It also enables the             semester. This is the fourth class in a
harmony is studied. Tonal relationships are            student to demonstrate the accompaniment            sequence of four classes where the student
introduced through such concepts as                    and melody of a piece of music. The student         meets one-on-one with an instructor and
substitution chords, major and minor                   must be able to demonstrate greater skill and       determines a course of study based on
tonalities, pivot chords and the analysis of any       sophistication than that acquired in the first      instructor assessment. A course of study
tonal composition’s progression through                semester. This is the second class in a             includes elements of technique and stylistic
major and/or minor key areas. The concepts             sequence of four classes where the student          sophistication. There are lessons which
and techniques of music theory are applied in          meets one-on-one with an instructor and             receive 1 credit hour that meet with an
the development of aural and keyboard skills.          determines a course of study based on               instructor once a week for ½ hour, and there
                                                       instructor assessment. A course of study            are lessons which receive 2 credit hours that
    MU 118. Applied Voice I. 2 hours credit. Private   includes elements of technique and stylistic        meet with an instructor for an hour lesson
lessons in voice with emphasis on breathing,           sophistication. There are lessons which             once a week. The 2 credit hour lessons are for
diction and basic musicianship. Advanced               receive 1 credit hour that meet with an             music majors or for pianists who have
literature is studied and prepared for                 instructor once a week for ½ hour, and there        considerable abilities and experience in piano
performance. An examination or recital is              are lessons which receive 2 credit hours that       playing.
presented at the end of the semester.                  meet with an instructor for an hour lesson
                                                       once a week. The 2 credit hour lessons are for
   MU 119. Applied Voice II. 2 hours credit.           music majors or for pianists who have
Prerequisite: MU 118 with a C or better. A             considerable abilities and experience in piano
continuation of MU 118.                                playing.



                                                                                                                        2009 - 2010 CATALOG 149
        WHERE power LIVES
   MU 126. Keyboard Accompaniment. 2 hours             MU 136. Vocal Ensemble I. 1 hour credit.          MU 143. Chorus II. 1 hour credit.
credit. Prerequisite: Must have instructor         Trios, quartets, etc., are organized each          Prerequisite: MU 140 with a C or better and
permission and previous accompaniment              semester according to student interest. These      audition. Two concerts are presented per
experience. This course will enable the            groups rehearse weekly with the purpose of         semester. Additional performances might
student to demonstrate increasing skill in         developing vocal technique and a knowledge         occasionally be scheduled with advance
piano playing and will also help develop the       of literature. Public performance is               notification.
skills necessary to becoming a good                encouraged. Students should consult music
collaborative musician. Accompanying               department staff prior to enrollment.                 MU 144. Women’s Vocal Ensemble II. 1 hour
requires acute and sensitive listening skills,                                                        credit. Prerequisite: MU 139 with a C or better
and the ability to follow or lead, whichever is        MU 137. Vocal Ensemble II. 1 hour credit.      and audition. A continuation of MU 139.
appropriate at the particular time.                Prerequisite: MU 136 with a C or better and
                                                   audition. Trios, quartets or larger ensembles         MU 145. College Band I. 1 hour credit.
    MU 128. Chamber Singers I. 1 hour credit.      are organized each semester according to           Prerequisite: Selection by audition.
Prerequisite: Selection by audition. Chamber       student interest. Groups rehearse weekly with      Membership in the College Band is
Singers is a 14-20 voice ensemble which            the purpose of developing advanced vocal           conditioned primarily on the instrumentation
studies and performs a variety of choral           techniques and to gain knowledge in a wide         needs of the ensemble. Effort is made to
literature. Chamber Singers represent the          variety of choral literature. Students are given   recruit as many interested players as possible
college at several functions on and off            the opportunity to select and rehearse music       while maintaining a balanced ensemble. The
campus.                                            of their choice, some done with choreography,      band performs many musical styles in a
                                                   under the supervision of the instructor.           variety of settings ranging from departmental
   MU 129. Chamber Singers II. 1 hour credit.      Public performance of selections is required.      concerts to sporting events and concert tours.
Prerequisite: MU 128 with a C or better and
audition. A continuation of MU 128.                   MU 138. Men’s Vocal Ensemble. 1 hour credit.
                                                                                                         MU 146. College Band II. 1 hour credit.
                                                   Selection by audition. The ensemble is a
                                                                                                      Prerequisite: MU 145 with a C or better and
                                                   select men’s vocal group of four to 16 voices
   MU 130. Class Voice I. 1 hour credit. Lessons                                                      audition. A continuation of MU 145.
                                                   designed to give advanced training to
in voice with emphasis on posture, breathing,
                                                   vocalists. A variety of choral literature is
diction and basic musicianship. Literature is                                                            MU 147. Men’s Vocal Ensemble II. 1 hour credit.
                                                   studied and techniques in choreography are
studied, memorized, and selected for                                                                  Prerequisite: MU 138 with a C or better and
                                                   employed. The men’s ensemble may
performance. A Mid-term video taping                                                                  audition. A continuation of MU 138.
                                                   represent the college in various functions on
session is required at the 8th week. A vocal
                                                   and off campus. The course runs continuous
jury is required at the end of the semester.                                                             MU 148. Jazz Ensemble I. 1 hour credit.
                                                   through the fall and spring semester.
                                                                                                      Prerequisite: Selection by audition. The
   MU 131. Class Voice II. 1 hour credit.             MU 139. Women’s Vocal Ensemble. 1 hour          Butler Big Band is a 16-19 piece jazz
Prerequisite: MU 130 with a C or better. Class     credit. Selection by audition. The ensemble is     ensemble. Emphasis is placed upon learning
Voice II continues training with emphasis on       a select vocal group of four to 16 voices          stylistic concepts in all facets of the jazz idiom
registration, articulation, coordination, and      designed to give advanced training to              and upon development of improvisational
interpretation. Literature is studied,             vocalists. A variety of choral literature is       skills. The Big Band plays in a variety of
memorized and selected for performance. A          studied and techniques in choreography are         settings ranging from departmental concerts
vocal jury is required at the end of the           employed. The women’s ensemble may                 and South-Central Kansas high school
semester.                                          represent the college in various functions on      recruiting performances to jazz festivals and
                                                   and off campus. The course runs continuously       national tours.
   MU 133. Jazz and Commercial Styles Workshop.    through the fall and spring semester.
1 hour credit. Prerequisite: Selection by                                                                 MU 149. Jazz Improvisation I. 2 hours credit.
audition. This course involves the study of jazz     MU 140. Chorus I. 1 hour credit. Selection by    Prerequisite: Ability to read music
and commercial styles of music. Instruction        audition. Two concerts are presented per           proficiently. This course involves the process
may be on an individual and/or group basis.        semester.                                          of internalizing the sound and technique of
The class is open to instrumentalists (wind,                                                          scales as the basis for improvisation (the art
percussion, and keyboard) and vocalists.               MU 141. Headliners I. 1 hour credit.           of spontaneously conceiving and executing
Emphasis is placed upon acquiring                  Prerequisite: Selection by audition. The           musical ideas).
performing versatility and rhythmic                “Headliners” is a select mixed vocal group of
comprehension, and upon improving the              18 to 24 voices designed to give advanced             MU 150. Applied Organ I. 2 hours credit. This
student’s speed of pitch, accuracy, and            training to vocalists. A variety of choral         course consists of weekly private instruction
stylistic perception when reading music.           literature is studied and techniques in            designed to provide the beginning student
                                                   choreography are employed. “Headliners”            with the fundamental basic principles of the
   MU 135. Instrumental Ensemble. 1 hour credit.   represent the college in several functions on      art of organ playing as it applies to the pipe
Prerequisite: Selection by audition. This class    and off campus and continues throughout the        organ or electronic organs. The method of
provides for the organization of jazz/pop          fall and spring semester. Students must also       presentation of these principles will vary
combos, and various small ensembles (eg.           enroll in one hour of dance.                       according to individual student needs.
brass, woodwind, percussion) where
sufficient student interest exists. Occasional        MU 142. Headliners II. 1 hour credit.
public performance is encouraged.                  Prerequisite: MU 141 with a C or better and
                                                   audition. A continuation of MU 141.



 150 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                         WHERE power LIVES
   MU 151. Applied Organ II. 2 hours credit.           MU 157. Aural Skills II. 2 hours credit.         MU 165. Pep Band I. 1 hour credit.
Prerequisite: MU 150 with a C or better. This      Prerequisite: MU 156 with a C or better. This     Prerequisite: High school band or consent of
course enables the student to use their hands      course will enable the student develop skills     instructor. Membership in the pep band is
and feet independently while channeling the        necessary for the comprehension,                  conditioned primarily on the instrumentation
student’s needs and interests toward usable        appreciation, analysis and performance of         needs of the ensemble. Effort is made to
organ repertoire. The student will perform         music. The student will improve the ability to    recruit as many interested players as possible
during the semester depending on their level       read music at sight while better understanding    while maintaining a balanced ensemble. The
of accomplishment and the opportunities            its structure, through focused study and          band performs popular musical styles for
offered.                                           practice of essential intervals, harmonies and    sporting events.
                                                   rhythms. The student will learn to apply the
   MU 152. Applied Organ III. 2 hours credit.      knowledge gained to the singing and playing of        MU 166. Pep Band II. 1 hour credit.
Prerequisite: MU 151 with a C or better. An        melodic and harmonic passages.                    Prerequisite: MU 165 with a C or better. This
application of different styles as they apply to                                                     is a continuation of MU 165.
organ literature. The student will perform            MU 160. Applied Band 1. 2 hours credit.
during the semester dependent on their level       Prerequisites: High School Band (or
                                                                                                         MU 179. Choral Accompaniment Combo I. 2
of accomplishment and the opportunities            equivalent). This course will enable the          hours credit. Prerequisite: Departmental
offered.                                           student to refine the skills of rhythm, pitch,    approval. This course will enable the student
                                                   intonation, kinesthetic sense, aural acuity,      to accompany varying styles of pop and jazz
                                                   scales, music reading and phrasing. Through       literature, improve musicianship in a
   MU 153. Applied Organ IV. 2 hours credit.
Prerequisite: MU 152 with a C or better. A         private lessons with an applied instructor, the   collaborative environment, develop music
continuation of the study of organ literature      student will gain a solid foundation in the       theory skills necessary to enhance the
and historical periods, with an emphasis on        basic techniques of playing the instrument;       accompaniment experience, and excel as a
performance technique and accompanying             will experience a variety of music while          combo musician. This course is the first of a
skills. The student will perform during the        gaining a deeper understanding and                four-semester sequence.
semester dependent on their level of               appreciation of music in general.
accomplishment and the opportunities                  MU 161. Applied Band II. 2 hours credit.          MU 180. Guitar Class I. 1 hour credit. Course
offered.                                           Prerequisites: MU 160 with a C or better. This    designed for beginning guitar students.
                                                   course will enable the student to refine the      Emphasis on chord and note reading and on
   MU 154. Instrumental Workshop I. 2 hours        skills of rhythm, pitch, intonation,              proper finger style.
credit. Prerequisite: Selection by audition.       kinesthetic sense, aural acuity, scales, music
Concurrent enrollment in Jazz Ensemble             reading and phrasing. Through private                MU 181. Guitar Class II. 1 hour credit.
and/or College Band. Classes are organized         lessons with an applied instructor, the student   Prerequisite: MU 180 with a C or better or
according to the sections of instruments from      will gain a solid foundation in the basic         instructor consent. A continuation of MU 180
the Jazz Ensemble and College Band. Each           techniques of playing the instrument; will        with emphasis on more involved cording and
section meets separately. Instruction focuses      experience a variety of music while gaining a     simple melodies.
upon quality sound production, sight-              deeper understanding and appreciation of
reading, technique, intonation, phrasing, and      music in general.                                    MU 190. Jazz Ensemble II. 1 hour credit.
stylistic concepts. Music currently in the                                                           Prerequisite: MU 148 with a C or better and
repertoire of the performing ensembles is             MU 162. Applied Band III. 2 hours credit.      audition. This is a continuation of MU 148.
rehearsed in-depth.                                Prerequisites: MU 161 with a C or better. This
                                                   course will enable the student to refine the         MU 191. Jazz Ensemble III. 1 hour credit.
   MU 155. Instrumental Workshop II. 2 hours       skills of rhythm, pitch, intonation,              Prerequisite: MU 190 with a C or better and
credit. Prerequisite: MU 154 with a C or better    kinesthetic sense, aural acuity, scales, music    audition. This is a continuation of MU 190.
and audition. A continuation of MU 154.            reading and phrasing. Through private
                                                   lessons with an applied instructor, the student      MU 192. Jazz Ensemble IV. 1 hour credit.
    MU 156. Aural Skills I. 2 hours credit.        will gain a solid foundation in the basic         Prerequisite: MU 191 with a C or better and
Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined          techniques of playing the instrument; will        audition. This is a continuation of MU 191.
level on a diagnostic instrument. This course      experience a variety of music while gaining a
will enable the student to develop skills          deeper understanding and appreciation of             MU 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate
necessary for comprehension, appreciation,         music in general.                                 education with on-the-job experience. See
analysis and performance of music. The                                                               Internships section of this catalog for a
student will improve the ability to read music        MU 163. Applied Band IV. 2 hours credit.
                                                   Prerequisites: MU 162 with a C or better. This    complete description of these courses.
at sight while better understanding its
                                                   course will enable the student to refine the
structure through focused study and practice                                                            MU 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative
                                                   skills of rhythm, pitch, intonation,
of essential intervals, harmonies and                                                                Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education
                                                   kinesthetic sense, aural acuity, scales, music
rhythms. The student will learn to apply the                                                         with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative
                                                   reading and phrasing. Through private
knowledge gained to the singing and playing                                                          Education section of this catalog for a
                                                   lessons with an applied instructor, the student
of melodic and harmonic passages.                                                                    complete description of these courses.
                                                   will gain a solid foundation in the basic
                                                   techniques of playing the instrument; will
                                                   experience a variety of music while gaining a        MU 202. Introduction to Contemporary Music. 3
                                                   deeper understanding and appreciation of          hours credit. A study of 20th century music
                                                   music in general.                                 methods and composers. Pop music will be
                                                                                                     included in the analysis.

                                                                                                                   2009 - 2010 CATALOG 151
        WHERE power LIVES
   MU 203. Instrumental Workshop III. 2 hours         MU 221. Music History I. 3 hours credit.           MU 239. Women’s Vocal Ensemble III. 1 hour
credit. Prerequisite: MU 155 with a C or better    Prerequisite: MU 111 with a C or better or         credit. Prerequisite: MU 144 with a C or better
and audition. A continuation of MU 155.            instructor consent. A study of musical forms,      and audition. A continuation of MU 144.
                                                   styles and composers from antiquity to the
   MU 204. Instrumental Workshop IV. 2 hours       end of the classical period.                          MU 244. Women’s Vocal Ensemble IV. 1 hour
credit. Prerequisite: MU 203 with a C or better                                                       credit. Prerequisite: MU 239 with a C or better
and audition. A continuation of MU 203.               MU 222. Music History II. 3 hours credit.       and audition. A continuation of MU 239.
                                                   Prerequisite: MU 111 with a C or better or
   MU 210. College Band III. 1 hour credit.        instructor approval. A survey of musical styles       MU 247. Men’s Vocal Ensemble IV. 1 hour
Prerequisite: MU 146 with a C or better and        and practices of the late 18th, 19th, and 20th     credit. Prerequisite: MU 238 with a C or better
audition. A continuation of MU 146.                centuries, concentrating on composers and          and audition. A continuation of MU 238.
                                                   compositions that have had a lasting effect on
   MU 211. College Band IV. 1 hour credit.         Western music. Lectures, reference reading            MU 249. Jazz Improvisation II. 2 hours credit.
Prerequisite: MU 210 with a C or better and        and representative listening examples are          Prerequisite: MU 149 with a C or better. A
audition. A continuation of MU 210.                included.                                          continuation of MU 149.

    MU 213. Theory of Music III. 4 hours credit.       MU 224. Introduction to Music History and         MU 250. Piano Pedagogy. 2 hours credit.
Prerequisite: MU 112 with a C or better. Must      Literature. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: MU 111   Prerequisite: Instructors approval. The art
be taken concurrently with MU 256. This            with a C or better or instructor consent. A        and science of teaching piano with helps for
course involves the cataloging of every tonal      course designed to introduce music majors to       setting up a private studio and conducting the
chordal forum from three- to eight-part            the various styles and forms of music from the     business of teaching. Includes a survey of
harmony and organizes them into nine-chord         Middle Ages to 1960, and representative            elementary method books and teaching
families. Each family is then coordinated with     composers. Considerable time will be spent         materials with an emphasis on the analysis of
its function in a major or minor tonality. All     listening to and studying basic European and       the need of the individual and procedures for
unaltered and altered 9th, 11th and 13th           American repertory. Lectures, readings and         selecting the proper material to meet this
chords are learned in relation to the scales       listening assignments will be included.            need.
which play through them. Further chord
substitution is studied and polychords are            MU 228. Chamber Singers III. 1 hour credit.        MU 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
introduced. All theory is applied in the           Prerequisite: MU 129 with a C or better and        Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.
development of aural and keyboard skills.          audition. A continuation MU 129.                   Topics of specific interest to the student will
                                                                                                      be developed. These topics will be established
   MU 214. Theory of Music IV. 4 hours credit.        MU 229. Chamber Singers IV. 1 hour credit.      by student needs or requirements. Areas of
Prerequisite: MU 213 with a C or better. Must      Prerequisite: MU 228 with a C or better and        specific needs will be pursued and
be taken concurrently with MU 257. This            audition. A continuation of MU 228.                instructional material that lends itself to
course involves the continued study of chord                                                          current trends or topics needed to
families, related scales and chord                    MU 230. Class Voice III. 1 hour credit.         supplement normal classroom instruction
substitution. Techniques are given for             Prerequisite: MU 131 with a C or better.           will be offered.
manipulation of musical styles through the         Lessons in voice with emphasis on posture,
reinterpretation of chord families. The            breathing, diction and basic musicianship.            MU 255. Piano Proficiency III. 1 hour credit.
concepts and techniques of music theory are        Literature is studied, memorized and selected      Prerequisite: MU 107 with a C or better. A
applied in the development of aural and            for performance. A vocal jury is required at       continuation of Piano Proficiency II which is a
keyboard skills.                                   the end of the semester.                           competency-based program for music majors
                                                                                                      designed to assist students in acquiring
   MU 215. Headliners III. 1 hour credit.             MU 231. Class Voice IV. 1 hour credit.          functional keyboard skills necessary for
Prerequisite: MU 142 with a C or better and        Prerequisite: MU 230 with a C or better.           completing the Piano Proficiency
audition. A continuation of MU 142.                Lessons in voice with emphasis on posture,         Examination required of all music degree-
                                                   breathing, diction and basic musicianship.         seeking students.
   MU 216. Headliners IV. 1 hour credit.           Literature is studied, memorized and selected
Prerequisite: MU 215 with a C or better and        for performance. A vocal jury is required at          MU 256. Aural Skills III. 2 hours credit.
audition. A continuation of MU 215.                the end of the semester.                           Prerequisite: MU 157 with a C or better. This
                                                                                                      course will enable the student develop skills
    MU 218. Chorus III. 1 hour credit.                MU 236. Vocal Ensemble III. 1 hour credit.      necessary to the comprehension,
Prerequisite: MU 143 with a C or better and        Prerequisite: MU 137. A continuation of MU         appreciation, analysis and performance of
audition. A continuation of MU 143. Chorus III     137 with a C or better and audition.               music. The student will improve the ability to
is an extension and continuation of Chorus II.                                                        read music at sight while better
                                                      MU 237. Vocal Ensemble IV. 1 hour credit.       understanding its structure, through focused
    MU 219. Chorus IV. 1 hour credit.              Prerequisite: MU 236 with a C or better and        study and practice of essential intervals,
Prerequisite: MU 218 with a C or better and        audition. A continuation of MU 236.                harmonies and rhythms. The student will
audition. A continuation of MU 218. Chorus IV                                                         learn to apply the knowledge gained to the
is an extension and continuation of Chorus III.       MU 238. Men’s Vocal Ensemble III. 1 hour        singing and playing of melodic and harmonic
                                                   credit. Prerequisite: MU 147 with a C or better    passages.
                                                   and audition. A continuation of MU 147.



 152 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                        WHERE power LIVES
   MU 257. Aural Skills IV. 2 hours credit.          MU 281. Choral Accompaniment Combo IV. 2          NR 108. Nursing Concepts for Advanced
Prerequisite: MU 256 with a C or better. This     hours credit. Prerequisite: Departmental          Standing. 2 hours credit. Prerequisites: BI 240
course will enable the student develop skills     approval and completion of MU 179, MU 279,        or BI 226 and BI 227, BI 250, BS 160, BS 260,
necessary to the comprehension,                   and MU 280 with a C or better. This course        EG 101, MA 120 or above, NR 110 all with a C or
appreciation, analysis and performance of         will enable the student to accompany varying      better. This course will enable the student to
music. The student will improve the ability to    styles of pop and jazz literature, improve        understand the transition from the role of the
read music at sight while better                  musicianship in a collaborative environment,      licensed practical nurse (LPN) to that of the
understanding its structure, through focused      develop music theory skills necessary to          registered nurse (RN). The student will apply
study and practice of essential intervals,        enhance the accompaniment experience, and         the American Nurses Association (ANA)
harmonies and rhythms. The student will           excel as a combo musician. This course is the     Standards of Practice and Standards of
learn to apply the knowledge gained to the        fourth of a four-semester sequence.               Professional Performance to cognitive and
singing and playing of melodic and harmonic                                                         psychomotor skills learned in the course.
passages.                                                    (NR) NURSING                           These skills are needed for successful bridging
                                                                                                    into the Butler nursing program. The Kansas
                                                      NR 105. Nursing Process I: Health Promotion
   MU 260. Piano Proficiency IV. 1 hour credit.                                                     Nursing Articulation Model: Practical Nurse to
                                                  and Management of Common Altered Health States
Prerequisite: MU 255 with a C or better. A                                                          Associate Degree Nurse applies to this course.
                                                  of Adults. 10 hours credit. Prerequisites: BI
continuation of Piano Proficiency III which is    240 or BI 226 and BI 227, BS 160,
a competency-based program for music              EG 101, MA 120 or above with a C or better.          NR 109. Nutrition. 2 hours credit. This course
majors designed to assist students in             This course will enable the student to assess     provides an overview of normal and
acquiring functional keyboard skills necessary    the adult who is seeking health promotion         therapeutic nutrition.
for completing the Piano Proficiency              and/or experiencing common altered health
Examination required of all music degree-         states. The student will apply the American          NR 110. Therapeutic Nutrition. 3 hours credit.
seeking students.                                 Nurses Association (ANA) Standards of             This course will enable the student to apply
                                                  Practice and the National League of Nursing       fundamentals of nutrition to the promotion
   MU 265. Pep Band III. 1 hour credit.           (NLN) Associate Degree Nurse (ADN) Core           and maintenance of health and dietary
Prerequisite: MU 166 with a C or better and       Components in analyzing assessment findings       support in the treatment of clients with
audition. This is a continuation of MU 166.       based on client needs to plan, implement and      common health disorders. The student will
                                                  evaluate care for the individual, promoting       learn about the six classes of nutrients,
   MU 266. Pep Band IV. 1 hour credit.            health and competently performing nursing         digestion, metabolism, weight management,
Prerequisite: MU 265 with a C or better and       skills in a caring manner. The student will       nutrition throughout the lifecycle, and the
audition. This is a continuation of MU 265.       communicate therapeutically, professionally       interaction between diet, health, and disease.
                                                  and collaborate effectively as a member of the
    MU 279. Choral Accompaniment Combo II. 2      health care team. The student will                    NR 115. IV Therapy for LPN. 3 hours credit.
hours credit. Prerequisite: Departmental          demonstrate ANA Standards of Professional         Prerequisite: LPN with a current Kansas
approval and completion of MU 179 with a C        Performance appropriate to the first level of     license. This course will enable the student to
or better. This course will enable the student    nursing practice. Classroom: 98 hours;            perform safely and competently the
to accompany varying styles of pop and jazz       Clinical hours: 180 hours.                        intravenous fluid therapy activities as defined
literature, improve musicianship in a                                                               in the Kansas Nurse Practice Act. The course
collaborative environment, develop music             NR 106. Nursing Process II: Health Promotion   is based on the nursing process and current
theory skills necessary to enhance the            and Management of Common Altered Health States    intravenous nursing standards of practice.
accompaniment experience, and excel as a          of Child and Family. 10 hours credit.             The student must be prepared to complete all
combo musician. This course is the second of      Prerequisites: BS 260, NR 110 and NR 105 or       the pre-clinical requirements for the
a four-semester sequence.                         NR 108 with a C or better. This course will       Department of Nursing. Butler Community
                                                  enable the student to assess the child, adult     College is approved as a provider of
    MU 280. Choral Accompaniment Combo III. 2     and family who are seeking health promotion       continuing education by the Kansas State
hours credit. Prerequisite: Departmental          and/or experiencing common altered health         Board of Nursing. This course may be taken
approval and completion of MU 179 and MU          states. The student will apply the American       for continuing education credit in lieu of
279 with a C or better. This course will enable   Nurses Association (ANA) Standards of             college credit hours.
the student to accompany varying styles of pop    Practice and the National League of Nursing
and jazz literature, improve musicianship in a    (NLN) Associate Degree Nurse (ADN) Core               NR 120. Directed Independent Study in Nursing. 3
collaborative environment, develop music          Components in analyzing assessment findings       hours credit. This course is an extension of the
theory skills necessary to enhance the            based on client needs to plan, implement and      nursing curriculum. It provides a structured
accompaniment experience, and excel as a          evaluate care for the child, adult and family,    learning experience to broaden the student’s
combo musician. This course is the third of a     promoting health and competently                  comprehension of principles and
four-semester sequence.                           performing nursing skills in a caring manner.     competencies associated with the first level of
                                                  The student will communicate therapeutically,     the nursing program. Topics of specific interest
                                                  professionally and collaborate effectively as a   to the student, augmenting the nursing
                                                  member of the health care team. The student       curriculum are developed with objectives based
                                                  will demonstrate ANA Standards of                 on individual student needs and/or
                                                  Professional Performance appropriate to the       requirements to apply learned skills to out-of-
                                                  first level of nursing practice. Classroom: 98    class activities or a work-related environment.
                                                  hours, Clinical hours: 180 hours


                                                                                                                  2009 - 2010 CATALOG 153
         WHERE power LIVES
   NR 202. Nursing Process III: Management of             NR 222. Introduction to Minimum Data Set. 2        NR 226. Issues of the Older Adult. 2 hours
Common High Acuity Altered Health States. 9 hours      hours credit. Prerequisites: NR 105 with a C       credit. Prerequisites: NR 105 with a C or
credit. Prerequisites: BI 250, NR 106 or NR 108        or better or RN/LPN or prior approval of           better, or RN/LPN, or prior approval of
with a C or better. This course will enable the        instructor. This course will enable the student    instructor. This course will enable the student
student to assess the adult who is experiencing        to have basic knowledge of the federal and         to meet the needs of older adults and their
common high acuity medical-surgical and                state requirements related to the minimum          caregivers in the areas of adaptation to living
psychiatric altered health states. The student         data set criteria for long term care. Butler       environments, elder abuse, financial
will apply the American Nurses Association             Community College is approved as a provider        resources, and sexuality through use of
(ANA) Standards of Practice and the National           of continuing education by the Kansas State        community resources and education. Butler
League of Nursing (NLN) Associate Degree               Board of Nursing. This course may be taken         Community College is approved as a provider
Nurse (ADN) Core Components in analyzing               for continuing education credit in lieu of         of continuing education by the Kansas State
assessment findings based on client needs to           college credit hours.                              Board of Nursing. This course may be taken
plan, implement, evaluate and prioritize care                                                             for continuing education credit in lieu of
for the adult with common high acuity altered             NR 223. Legal Issues of the Elderly. 2 hours    college credit hours.
health states and competently perform nursing          credit. Prerequisites: NR 105 with a C or
skills in a caring manner. The student will            better, or RN/LPN, or prior approval of               NR 227. Culturally Diverse Older Adult. 1 hour
communicate therapeutically, professionally            instructor. This course will enable the student    credit. Prerequisites: NR 105 with a C or
and collaborate effectively as a member of the         to explore various legal issues specific to the    better, or RN/ LPN, or prior approval of
health care team. The student will demonstrate         elderly client. This information will assist the   instructor. This course will enable the student
ANA Standards of Professional Performance              student to act as an advocate for the elderly      to recognize the relationship between cultural
appropriate to the second level of nursing             population. Butler Community College is            diversity and the healthcare of older adults.
practice. Classroom: 80 hours; Clinical hours:         approved as a provider of continuing               The student will develop an understanding of
180 hours                                              education by the Kansas State Board of             the underlying impact that various cultures
                                                       Nursing. This course may be taken for              have on the health status of older adults,
    NR 203. Nursing Process IV: Management of          continuing education credit in lieu of college     including access/barriers to healthcare
Chronic or Progressive & Irreversible Alterations in   credit hours.                                      services. The student will apply the knowledge
Health. 9 hours credit. Prerequisites: NR 202,                                                            he/she gains about various cultural factors of
Humanities/Fine Arts requirement,                         NR 224. Long Term Care Administration. 2        older adults in order to provide optimal
Social/Behavioral Science Requirement with a           hours credit. Prerequisites: NR 105 with a C       nursing care for this population. Butler
C or better. This course will enable the student       or better or RN/LPN or prior approval of           Community College is approved as a provider
to assess groups of adult clients who are              instructor. This course will enable the student    of continuing education by the Kansas State
experiencing chronic or progressive and                to explore the legal and business                  Board of Nursing. This course may be taken
irreversible alterations in health. The student        responsibilities associated with long term         for continuing education credit in lieu of
will apply the American Nurses Association             care administration, including varied payer        college credit hours.
(ANA) Standards of Practice and the National           sources. This course will provide the student
League of Nursing (NLN) Associate Degree               with basic skills essential in the role of long       NR 228. The Older Woman. 2 hours credit.
Nurse (ADN) Core Components in analyzing               term care administration. Butler Community         Prerequisites: NR 105 with a C or better, or
assessment findings based on client needs to           College is approved as a provider of               RN/ LPN, or prior approval of instructor. This
prioritize nursing care for groups of adult            continuing education by the Kansas State           course will enable the student to analyze
clients. The student is able to refine previously      Board of Nursing. This course may be taken         health care issues specific to the older
learned cognitive and psychomotor nursing              for continuing education credit in lieu of         woman. The student will then be able to
skills. The student will demonstrate the               college credit hours.                              identify and implement appropriate nursing
dynamics of leadership and management skills                                                              interventions for the older woman. Butler
in clinical decision making processes. The                 NR 225. Management/Leadership for the LPN. 2   Community College is approved as a provider
student will demonstrate ANA Standards of              hours credit. This course will enable the          of continuing education by the Kansas State
Professional Performance appropriate to the            student to use effective communication and         Board of Nursing. This course may be taken
novice practitioner. Classroom: 73.6 hours;            conflict resolution skills with staff, clients,    for continuing education credit in lieu of
Clinical 202.5 hours                                   families, and physicians in his/her role as a      college credit hours.
                                                       Licensed Practical Nurse (LPN). He/she will
    NR 220 Directed Independent Study in Nursing. 3    learn how culture, ethics and law, use of             NR 230. Pathophysiology. 4 hours credit.
hours credit. Prerequisite: NR 202. This course        power, motivation and the process of change        Prerequisite: BI 240 with a C or better. This
is an extension of the nursing curriculum. It          influence building a team of caregivers. The       course will enable the student to develop an
provides a structured learning experience to           student will learn how to assign, delegate to,     understanding of the concepts of
broaden the student’s comprehension of                 and supervise staff within the LPN guidelines      pathophysiology including inflammation and
principles and competencies associated with            of the state Nurse Practice Act. Butler            healing, immune responses, fluid/electrolyte
the second level of the nursing program. Topics        Community College is approved as a provider        imbalances, pain, neoplasms and genetics.
of specific interest to the student, augmenting        of continuing education by the Kansas State        The student will apply these underlying
the nursing curriculum are developed with              Board of Nursing. This course may be taken         concepts to explore the pathophysiology,
objectives based on individual student needs           for 30 continuing education units in lieu of       etiology, clinical manifestations and
and/or requirements to apply learned skills to         college credit hours.                              treatments of common disorders in major
out-of-class activities or a work-related                                                                 body systems.
environment.



 154 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                              WHERE power LIVES
   NR 232. Pain in the Older Adult. 2 hours credit.          (OR) ORIENTATION                               PD 112. Stress Management. 1 credit hour.
Prerequisites: NR 105 with a C or better, or                                                              This course will enable the student to develop
                                                          OR 102. Student Connect. 1 hour credit. This
RN/LPN, or prior approval of instructor. This         course will enable the student to use the concept   positive strategies for managing stress and
course will enable the student to assess pain in      of continuous improvement to set goals for the      apply relaxation techniques.
older adults, and assist the client to achieve        college experience and to identify appropriate
optimal control of pain. The student will             resources and services necessary to attain those    (PE) PHYSICAL EDUCATION
explore collaborative care for the older adult in     goals. The student will be able to use Pipeline,       PE 103. Muscle Pump I. 1 hour credit. This
pain including complimentary therapies.               locate academic policies and procedures and         course will enable the student to participate in
Butler Community College is approved as a             use priority management strategies.                 beginning weight training and conditioning
provider of continuing education by the Kansas                                                            designed to develop physical strength and
State Board of Nursing. This course may be               OR 103. Research Techniques. 1 hour credit.      endurance. The student will focus on fitness
taken for continuing education credit in lieu of      This course will enable the student to              activities that can lead to a healthier lifestyle.
college credit hours.                                 understand the process of information
                                                      seeking: defining a need, creating a research          PE 104. Muscle Pump II. 1 hour credit.
   NR 233. Pharmacology and the Older Adult. 1        strategy, selecting and evaluating sources, and     Prerequisite: PE 103 with a C or better or
hour credit. Prerequisites: NR 105 with a C or        using information ethically. The student will       instructor approval. This course will enable
better, or RN/LPN, or instructor approval. This       be able to apply this knowledge throughout          the student to participate in more advanced
course will enable the student to understand          his/her college career and life.                    weight training and conditioning designed to
the impact pharmacological issues have on the                                                             develop physical strength and endurance. The
care of the older adult. The student will learn                  (PD) PERSONAL                            student will focus on fitness activities that can
how normal physiological changes and                             DEVELOPMENT                              lead to a healthier lifestyle.
common health problems alter the effects of              PD 100. Career Planning. 1 hour credit. This
drugs in the older adult. Issues of                                                                          PE 105. Rock Climbing I. 1 hour credit. This
                                                      course will enable the student to utilize a self-
polypharmacy, lifestyle and environmental                                                                 course will enable the student to develop the
                                                      assessment, job search, cover letter, resume,
factors related to drug therapy will also be                                                              beginning skills of rock climbing. The
                                                      and mock interview to initiate the career
explored. Butler Community College is                                                                     student will apply the four styles of free rock
                                                      planning process.
approved as a provider of continuing education                                                            climbing: bouldering, top-roping, traditional
by the Kansas State Board of Nursing. This               PD 103. Introduction to Study Skills. 1 hour     leading and sport leading as it relates to
course may be taken for continuing education          credit. Prerequisite: A score at a pre-             indoor or rock wall climbing.
credit in lieu of college credit hours.               determined level on a reading placement
                                                      instrument. This introductory course will              PE 107. Karate I. 1 hour credit. This course
                                                                                                          will enable the student to participate in the
    NR 235. Mental Health of Older Adults. 2 hours    enable the student to develop effective
                                                                                                          basic introduction to the art of self-defense in
credit. Prerequisites: NR 105 with a C or better,     academic and life skills. The student will
                                                                                                          Karate. An emphasis is placed on the physical
RN/LPN, or prior approval of instructor. This         become more self-aware, learn to set goals,
                                                                                                          and mental preparation required with the
course will enable the student to assess the          practice time management, practice effective
                                                                                                          exercise associated with the skills of the
mental health of older adults, describe the           note taking, learn the importance of reading
                                                                                                          martial arts.
most common mental disorders, discuss how             and comprehension, practice memory aids,
their presentation differs with age, nursing          learn test-taking skills, and practice critical
                                                                                                             PE 111. Yoga I. 1 credit hour. This course will
management and common treatments of these             and creative thinking.                              enable the student to participate in moderate
disorders, and available resources. Butler                                                                yoga exercise routines for body and mind
Community College is approved as a provider              PD 104. Enhancing Study Skills. 1 hour credit.
                                                      Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined           fitness. The student will learn to perform
of continuing education by the Kansas State                                                               poses or “asanas” that will strengthen and
Board of Nursing. This course may be taken for        level on a reading placement instrument.
                                                      This course will enable the student to enhance      tone the body as well as increase flexibility
continuing education credit in lieu of college                                                            and improve posture. Because of its attention
credit hours.                                         and expand current academic and life skills.
                                                      The student will become more self-aware,            to complete breathing, yoga relieves tension
                                                      learn to use and refine goals, practice time        and stress.
    NR 236. Nutrition and the Older Adult. 1 hour
credit. Prerequisites: NR 105 with a C or better,     management, practice and refine note taking,
                                                      learn the importance and kinds of reading and          PE 112. Aerobics I. 1 hour credit. This course
or RN/LPN, or instructor approval. This course                                                            will enable the student to participate in
will enable the student to understand the             comprehension, practice memory aids, hone
                                                                                                          moderate exercise programs of choreographed
nutritional requirements for the older adult.         test-taking skills and practice critical and
                                                                                                          routines of continuous activity through
Normal physiological changes during the aging         creative thinking.
                                                                                                          combined motor skills such as dance steps,
process and common health problems will be               PD 105. Becoming a Master Student. 3 hours       jogging, and various other aerobic exercises.
discussed in relation to the nutritional needs of     credit. Prerequisite: A score at a pre-
the older adult. The student will explore             determined level on a reading placement                PE 113. Aerobics II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:
lifestyle, economic, environmental, social            instrument. Additional diagnostic testing           PE 112 or instructor approval. This course will
factors influencing nutritional needs. Butler         may be used to verify correct placement. This       enable the student to participate in vigorous
Community College is approved as a provider           course will enable the student to use effective     exercise programs of choreographed routines
of continuing education by the Kansas State           study skill and time management techniques,         of continuous activity through combined
Board of Nursing. This course may be taken for        as well as develop strategies to better manage      motor skills such as dance steps, jogging, and
continuing education credit in lieu of college        his/her health, relationships, and finances.        various other aerobic exercises.
credit hours.



                                                                                                                        2009 - 2010 CATALOG 155
         WHERE power LIVES
   PE 114. Karate II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:       PE 128. Pilates I. 1 hour credit. This course         PE 159. Bowling II. 1 hour credit.
PE 107 or instructor approval. This course will       will enable the student to participate in             Prerequisite: PE 158 or instructor approval.
enable the student to develop the more                moderate Pilate exercise routines for body            This course will enable the student to develop
advanced skills and strategies of the art of          and mind fitness. Pilates develops a strong           the more advanced skills of bowling through
self-defense in the martial arts of Karate.           core or center of the body through body               game participation. The student will gain
                                                      awareness, good posture and easy, graceful            experience in various forms of competitions
   PE 115. Zumba I. 1 hour credit. This course        movement while improving flexibility, agility         and league participation in figuring averages,
will enable the student to participate in             and economy of motion.                                handicaps and scoring.
moderate Zumba group exercise that
combines a fusion of high energy Latin and               PE 129. Pilates II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:      PE 161. Spirit Squad I. 2 hours credit.
international music with unique moves and             PE 128 with a C or better, or instructor              Prerequisite: Selection by audition. This
combinations. The student will experience             approval. This course will enable the student         course will enable the student to be introduced
dynamic routines that feature aerobic/fitness         to participate in advanced Pilates exercise           to beginning precision co-ed performances of
interval training with a combination of fast          routines for body and mind fitness. Pilates           chants, cheers, stunts, and tumbling at Butler
and slow rhythms that tone and sculpt the             develops a strong core or center of the body          football and basketball games, providing credit
body.                                                 through body awareness, good posture, and             for spirit squad participation.
                                                      easy, graceful movement while improving
   PE 116. Principles of Strength Training. 3 hours   flexibility, agility, and economy of motion.             PE 162. Spirit Squad II. 2 hours credit.
credit. This course will enable the student to                                                              Prerequisite: PE 161 with a C or better, and
understand the physiological responses of the            PE 130. Firefighter Agility and Fitness. 1 hour    selection by audition. This course will enable
body to strength training and the means of            credit. The course will enable the student to         the student to develop the skills for advanced
designing safe and effective exercise                 be physically fit enough to perform as a              beginning precision co-ed performances of
programs in preparation for a career as a             firefighter. This course will also enable to          chants, cheers, stunts, and tumbling at Butler
personal trainer, coach, or physical education        student to develop a personalized exercise            football and basketball games, providing
instructor                                            program to maintain the physical fitness              credit for spirit squad participation.
                                                      required to perform as a firefighter.
   PE 120. Introduction to Physical Education. 3                                                               PE 170. Varsity Cross Country I. 2 hours credit.
hours credit. This course will enable the                PE 131. Golf I. 1 hour credit. This course will    Prerequisite: Selection by the head cross
student to understand the basic principles of         enable the student to develop the                     country coach. This course will enable the
health and physical education including               fundamental skills of golf through driving            student to be introduced to beginning men’s
philosophy, theory, practice, and history.            range and game participation.                         and women’s collegiate cross country to
                                                                                                            develop athletic and teamwork skills while
   PE 121. Tennis I. 1 hour credit. This course          PE 134. Turbo Kick I. 1 hour credit. This          providing credit for varsity participation.
will enable the student to develop in the             course will enable the student to participate in
basics of beginning tennis through the                moderate Turbo Kick group exercise and                   PE 171. Varsity Cross Country II. 2 hours credit.
execution of fundamental drills and                   Martial Arts routines through choreographed           Prerequisite: PE 170 with a C or better and
competitive play.                                     movement patterns, combinations and                   selection by the head cross country coach. This
                                                      techniques used in the ancient sport of Muay          course will enable the student to develop
   PE 123. Swimming I. 1 hour credit. This            Thai Boxing. The student will experience a            athletic and leadership skills for advanced
activity course will enable the student to            cardiovascular challenge with a sport specific        men’s and women’s collegiate cross country
demonstrate basic swimming strokes and                warm-up, bouts of intense intervals of                while providing credit for varsity participation.
water survival skills.                                kickboxing specific strength and endurance
                                                      training and a Tai-Chi like cool-down.                   PE 172. Varsity Football I. 2 hours credit.
   PE 124. Swimming II. 1 hour credit.                                                                      Prerequisite: Selection by the head football
Prerequisite: PE 123 with a C or better or               PE 135. Turbo Kick II. 1 hour credit.              coach. This course will enable the student to
instructor approval. The activity course will         Prerequisite: PE 134 with a C or better. This         be introduced to beginning collegiate football
enable the student to demonstrate skills              course will enable the student to participate in      to develop athletic teamwork and skills while
beyond Swimming I to include more advanced            advanced Turbo Kick group exercise and                providing credit for varsity participation.
swimming strokes, building endurance                  Martial Arts routines through choreographed
through distance swimming and preparation             movement patterns, combinations and                      PE 173. Varsity Football II. 2 hours credit.
for the lifesaving course.                            techniques to the ancient sport of Muay Thai          Prerequisite:PE 172 and selection by the head
                                                      Boxing. The student will experience a                 football coach. This course will enable the
   PE 127. Introduction to Personal Training. 3       cardiovascular challenge with a sport specific        student to develop athletic teamwork and skills
hours credit. This course will enable the             warm-up, bouts of intense intervals of                in advanced beginning collegiate football while
student to understand the role of exercise in a       kickboxing specific strength and endurance            providing credit for varsity participation.
wellness lifestyle, the scientific foundations        training and a Tai-Chi like cool-down.
necessary to evaluate fitness levels, and the                                                                  PE 174. Varsity Volleyball I. 2 hours credit.
prescription of exercise in a career in the              PE 158. Bowling I. 1 hour credit. This course      Prerequisite: Selection by the head volleyball
fitness industry. This course will enable the         will enable the student to develop the                coach. This course will enable the student to
student to sit for the Certified Health               fundamental skills of bowling through game            be introduced to beginning women’s
Professional Examination offered by the               participation.                                        collegiate volleyball to develop athletic
National Council of Strength and Fitness.                                                                   teamwork and skills while providing credit for
                                                                                                            varsity participation.


 156 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                             WHERE power LIVES
   PE 175. Varsity Volleyball II. 2 hours credit.      PE 184. Varsity Basketball II, (Men). 2 hours         PE 203. Fitness Circuit I. 1 hour credit. This
Prerequisite: PE 174 and selection by the head      credit. Prerequisite: PE 176 and selection by        course will enable the student to participate in
volleyball coach. This course will enable the       the head men’s basketball coach. This course         beginning circuit and cardiovascular
student to develop athletic teamwork and            will enable the student to develop athletic          conditioning designed to develop physical
skills in advanced beginning women’s                teamwork and skills in advanced beginning            fitness and endurance. The student will focus
collegiate volleyball while providing credit for    men’s collegiate basketball while providing          on activities that can lead to a healthier lifestyle.
varsity participation.                              credit for varsity participation.
                                                                                                            PE 204. Fitness Circuit II. 1 hour credit.
                                                                                                         Prerequisite: PE 203 with a C or better or
   PE 176. Varsity Basketball I, (Men). 2 hours        PE 185. Varsity Basketball II, (Women). 2 hours
credit. Prerequisite: Selection by the head         credit. Prerequisite: PE 177 and selection by        instructor approval. This course will enable
men’s basketball coach. This course will            the head women’s basketball coach. This              the student to participate in more advanced
enable the student to be introduced to              course will enable the student to develop            circuit and cardiovascular conditioning
beginning men’s collegiate basketball to            athletic teamwork and skills in advanced             designed to develop physical fitness and
develop athletic teamwork and skills while          beginning women’s collegiate basketball while        endurance. The student will focus on
providing credit for varsity participation.         providing credit for varsity participation.          activities that can lead to a healthier lifestyle.

                                                                                                            PE 205. Rock Climbing II. 1 hour credit.
   PE 177. Varsity Basketball I, (Women). 2 hours      PE 186. Varsity Baseball II. 2 hours credit.      Prerequisite: PE 105 with a C or better or
credit. Prerequisite: Selection by the head         Prerequisite: PE 180 and selection by the head       instructor approval. This course will enable
women’s basketball coach. This course will          baseball coach. This course will enable the          the student to develop the more advanced
enable the student to be introduced to              student to develop athletic teamwork and             skills of rock climbing. The student will apply
beginning women’s collegiate basketball to          skills in advanced beginning collegiate              the four styles of free rock climbing:
develop athletic teamwork and skills while          baseball while providing credit for varsity          bouldering, top-roping, traditional leading
providing credit for varsity participation.         participation.                                       and sport leading as it relates to indoor or
                                                                                                         rock wall climbing.
   PE 178. Varsity Track and Field I. 2 hours          PE 187. Varsity Softball II. 2 hours credit.
credit. Prerequisite: Selection by the head         Prerequisite: PE 181 and selection by the head          PE 210. Archery. 1 hour credit. This course
track and field coach. This course will enable      softball coach. This course will enable the          will enable the student to participate in
the student to be introduced to beginning           student to develop athletic teamwork and             beginning archery to develop an
men’s and women’s collegiate track and field        skills in advanced beginning collegiate              understanding of the sport’s history,
providing credit for varsity participation. The     softball while providing credit for varsity          terminology, and proper skill fundamentals.
student will develop leadership skills              participation.
conducive to positive team environment that                                                                 PE 211. Yoga II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:
value differences in people and satisfactory                                                             PE 111 with a C or better. This course will
                                                       PE 189. Varsity Soccer I. 2 hours credit.
individual relationships.                                                                                enable the student to participate in
                                                    Prerequisite: Selection by the head women’s
                                                                                                         intermediate to advanced yoga exercise
                                                    soccer coach. This course will enable the
                                                                                                         routines for body and mind fitness. Yoga
   PE 179. Varsity Track and Field II. 2 hours      student to be introduced to beginning
                                                                                                         strengthens and tones the body, increases
credit. Prerequisite: PE 178 with a C or better     women’s collegiate soccer to develop athletic
                                                                                                         flexibility and improves posture because of its
and selection by the head track and field           teamwork and skills while providing credit for
                                                                                                         attention to complete breathing to relieve
coach. This course will enable the student to       varsity participation.
                                                                                                         tension and stress.
develop the skills for advanced beginning
men’s and women’s collegiate track and field           PE 190. Varsity Soccer II. 2 hours credit.           PE 215. Zumba II. 1 hour credit. This course
providing credit for varsity participation. The     Prerequisite: PE 189 and selection by the head       will enable the student to participate in
student will develop leadership skills              women’s soccer coach. This course will               advanced group exercise that combines a
conducive to positive team environments that        enable the student to develop athletic               fusion of high energy Latin and International
value differences in people and satisfactory        teamwork and skills in advanced beginning            music with unique moves and combinations.
individual relationships.                           women’s collegiate soccer while providing            The student will experience dynamic routines
                                                    credit for varsity participation.                    that feature aerobic/fitness interval training
   PE 180. Varsity Baseball I. 2 hours credit.                                                           with a combination of fast and slow rhythms
Prerequisite: Selection by the head baseball           PE 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate       that tone and sculpt the body.
coach. This course will enable the student to       education with on-the-job experience. See
be introduced to beginning collegiate baseball      Internships section of this catalog for a               PE 231. Golf II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:
to develop athletic teamwork and skills while       complete description of these courses.               PE 131 or instructor’s permission. This course
providing credit for varsity participation.                                                              will enable the student to develop the more
                                                       PE 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative            advanced skills of golf through driving range
   PE 181. Varsity Softball I. 2 hours credit.      Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education    and game participation.
Prerequisite: Selection by the head softball        with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative
coach. This course will enable the student to                                                               PE 237. Tennis II. 1 hour credit. Prerequisite:
                                                    Education section of this catalog for a
                                                                                                         PE 121 or instructor approval. This course will
be introduced to beginning collegiate softball      complete description of these courses.
                                                                                                         enable the student to develop more advanced
to develop athletic teamwork and skills while
                                                                                                         techniques and strategies through
providing credit for varsity participation.
                                                                                                         participation in competitive tennis play.




                                                                                                                       2009 - 2010 CATALOG 157
         WHERE power LIVES
   PE 240. Theory of Football. 2 hours credit.            PE 262. Spirit Squad IV. 2 hours credit.           PE 279. Varsity Track and Field IV. 2 hours
This course will enable the student to apply           Prerequisite: PE 261 and selection by the          credit. Prerequisite: PE 278 with a C or better
leadership principles of coaching football by          spirit squad coach. This course is designed for    and selection by the head track and field
incorporating the individual fundamentals of           advanced precision co-ed performances of           coach. This course will enable the student to
tackling, blocking, ball handling, passing, and        chants, cheers, stunts, and tumbling at Butler     develop the skills for advanced men’s and
kicking to the dynamics of teamwork. The               football and basketball games providing credit     women’s collegiate track and field providing
student will be able to apply these underlying         for spirit squad participation.                    credit for varsity participation. The student
concepts to related topics on backfield and                                                               will develop leadership skills conducive to
line play to the basic theories of various                PE 270. Theory of Track and Field. 2 hours      positive team environments that value
offense, defense, and special team formations          credit. This course will enable the student to     differences in people and satisfactory
and patterns.                                          develop an understanding of coaching track         individual relationships.
                                                       and field including the basic theories of
   PE 250. Theory of Basketball. 2 hours credit.       proper technique and physical conditioning.           PE 280. Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries.
This course will enable the student to apply           The student will be able to apply the              3 hours credit. This course will enable the
leadership principles of coaching basketball by        underlying concepts of developing training         student to apply the basic principles related to
incorporating the individual fundamentals of           programs for sprinting, distance running,          the prevention, treatment and care of injuries
floor work, ball handling, passing, shooting,          jumping and throwing events.                       common to athletic and recreational
and dribbling to the dynamics of teamwork. The                                                            activities.
student will be able to apply these underlying            PE 272. Varsity Football III. 2 hours credit.
concepts to the basic theories of various team         Prerequisite: PE 173 and selection by the head        PE 281. Varsity Softball III. 2 hours credit.
offenses and defenses.                                 football coach. This course is designed for        Prerequisite: PE 187 and selection by the head
                                                       intermediate men’s collegiate football             softball coach. This course is designed for
   PE 254. Lifetime Fitness. 2 hours credit. This      providing credit for varsity participation.        intermediate women’s collegiate softball
course will enable the student to promote                                                                 providing credit for varsity participation.
wellness through regular participation in                 PE 273. Varsity Football IV. 2 hours credit.
physical fitness activities. The student will focus    Prerequisite: PE 272 and selection by the head         PE 284. Varsity Basketball Men III. 2 hours
on behavioral lifestyle changes and proper             football coach. This course is designed for        credit. Prerequisite: PE 184 and selection by
nutrition that can lead to a healthier life.           advanced men’s collegiate football providing       the head men’s basketball coach. This course
                                                       credit for varsity participation.                  is designed for intermediate men’s collegiate
    PE 255/256. Special Topics – Physical Education.                                                      basketball providing credit for varsity
3 hours credit. Prerequisite: Approval of                 PE 276. Kinesiology/Biomechanics. 3 hours       participation.
division dean and instructor. Topics of specific       credit. Prerequisite: BI 240 or BI 227 with a C
interest to the student will be developed. These       or better or instructor approval. This course         PE 285. Advanced Athletic Training I. 2 hours
topics will be established by student’s needs or       provides a basic understanding of the              credit. Prerequisite: Instructor approval. This
requirements. Areas of specific needs will be          kinesthetics and mechanics of human motion         course will enable the student to apply more
pursued and instructional material that lends          with respect to performance of sport               advanced athletic training concepts to the
itself to current trends or topics that are needed     activities. Though the study of the anatomical     preventative techniques, injury evaluations
to supplement normal classroom instruction             and mechanical principles that govern              and treatments of the lower body. The student
will be offered.                                       movement of the joints and muscles, the            will explore lower body injury rehabilitation
                                                       students will be able to evaluate techniques in    techniques of cryokinetics with correct
   PE 257. Basketball II. 1 hour credit.               sports, fitness, and rehabilitation activities     modality application parameters and athletic
Prerequisite: PE 251 with a C or better or             and identify the most efficient method of          trainer organizational administrative topics.
instructor approval. This course will enable the       performing a movement pattern.
student to develop the more advanced skills of                                                               PE 286. Advanced Athletic Training II. 2 hours
basketball through team participation                     PE 277. Varsity Basketball Women III. 2 hours   credit. Prerequisite: Instructor approval. This
                                                       credit. Prerequisite: PE 185 and selection by      course will enable the student to apply more
   PE 260. Theory of Baseball. 2 hours credit. This    the head women’s basketball coach. This            advanced athletic training concepts to the
course will enable the student to apply                course is designed for intermediate women’s        preventative techniques, injury evaluations
leadership principles of coaching baseball             collegiate basketball providing credit for         and treatments of the upper body. The student
including the fundamentals of hitting, pitching,       varsity participation.                             will explore upper body injury rehabilitation
and fielding to the dynamics of teamwork. The                                                             techniques of cryokinetics, correct modality
student will be able to apply these underlying            PE 278. Varsity Track and Field III. 2 hours    application parameters, and athletic trainer
concepts to the basic theories of offensive and        credit. Prerequisite: PE 179 with a C or better    organizational administrative topics.
defensive team play.                                   and selection by the head track and field
                                                       coach. This course will enable the student to         PE 287. Varsity Softball IV. 2 hours credit.
   PE 261. Spirit Squad III. 2 hours credit.           develop the skills for intermediate men’s and      Prerequisite: PE 281 with a C or better and
Prerequisite: PE 162 and selection by the spirit       women’s collegiate track and field providing       selection by the head softball coach. This
squad coach. This course is designed for               credit for varsity participation. The student      course will enable the student to develop the
intermediate precision co-ed performances of           will develop leadership skills conducive to        skills for advanced women’s collegiate softball
chants, cheers, stunts, and tumbling at Butler         positive team environments that value              providing credit for varsity participation.
football and basketball games providing credit         differences in people and satisfactory
for spirit squad participation.                        individual relationships.



 158 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                             WHERE power LIVES
   PE 289. Varsity Soccer III. 2 hours credit.                    (PH) PHYSICS                               PH 143. General Physics I. 5 hours credit.
Prerequisite: PE 190 with a C or better and                                                              Prerequisite: MA 131 or MA 135 with a C or
                                                        PH 103. Descriptive Astronomy. 4 hours credit.
selection by the head soccer coach. This             This course will enable the student to study        better. MA 140 with a C or better is
course will enable the student to develop the        the characteristics of the solar system, stars,     recommended. This course will enable the
skills for intermediate women’s collegiate           and galaxies. Also discussed will be the tools      student to understand the principles of
soccer providing credit for varsity                  and methods used by astronomers. Other              mechanics, heat, and thermodynamics, and
participation.                                       topics will include the effect of the space         wave motion and sound. The student will
                                                     program on the understanding of                     perform laboratory experiments enhance the
   PE 290. Varsity Soccer IV. 2 hours credit.        astronomical phenomena, several of the              concepts listed above as well as introduction
Prerequisite: PE 289 with a C or better and          current theories on the origin of the universe,     to the principles and techniques of scientific
selection by the head soccer coach. This             and the current projects involved in the            investigation and data handling. This course
course will enable the student to develop the        search of extraterrestrial intelligence. In the     is intended for students in life science, pre-
skills for advanced women’s collegiate soccer        laboratory portion of the course, familiarity       med, pre-dental, pre-vet, the general liberal
providing credit for varsity participation.          with the objects on the nighttime sky               arts, business and pre-teaching.
                                                     (constellations, the feature of the moon,
   PE 291. Varsity Baseball III. 2 hours credit.     identification of planets) will be developed.          PH 146. General Physics II. 5 hours credit.
Prerequisite: PE 186 with a C or better and          Techniques of small telescopes and binoculars       Prerequisite: PH 143 with a C or better. This
selection by the head baseball coach. This           will be developed, indoor exercises will            course is a continuation of General Physics I.
course will enable the student to develop the        include the use of star and constellation           The general areas of study are electricity,
skills for intermediate men’s collegiate             charts, planetary models, and a variety of          magnetism, light, and nuclear physics.
baseball providing credit for varsity                computer activities. This course will meet for      Laboratory experience is utilized as a means of
participation.                                       three hours of lecture and 2 hours of               enhancing the students understanding
                                                     laboratory per week.                                concepts from the areas listed above as well as
   PE 292. Varsity Volleyball III. 2 hours credit.                                                       for the purpose of introducing the principle
Prerequisite: PE 175 with a C or better and                                                              techniques of scientific investigation and data
                                                        PH 109. Applied Physics. 3 hours credit.
selection by the head volleyball coach. This         Prerequisite: MA 114 or equivalent. This is a       handling. There will be three hours of lecture
course is designed for intermediate women’s          course in applied science for those who plan        with four hours of laboratory per week.
collegiate volleyball providing credit for           to pursue careers as technicians or who just
varsity participation.                               want to keep pace with the advances in                 PH 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate
                                                     technology. Students perform practical              education with on-the-job experience. See
   PE 293. Varsity Volleyball IV. 2 hours credit.    laboratory experiments that relate each             Internships section of this catalog for a
Prerequisite: PE 292 with a C or better and          concept of the four energy systems. It blends       complete description of these courses.
selection by the head volleyball coach. This         an understanding of these basic principles
course is designed for advanced women’s              with practice in practical applications. It will       PH 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative
collegiate volleyball providing credit for           give the student a firm foundation for              Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education
varsity participation.                               understanding today’s and tomorrow’s                with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative
                                                     technology.                                         Education section of this catalog for a
   PE 294. Varsity Basketball Men IV. 2 hours                                                            complete description of these courses.
credit. Prerequisite: PE 284 with a C or better          PH 111. Introduction to Meteorology. 4 hours
and selection by the head men’s basketball           credit. This course will enable the student to          PH 251. Physics I. 5 hours credit.
coach. This course is designed for advanced          examine the physical properties of the              Prerequisite: MA 151. This course is intended
men’s collegiate basketball providing credit         atmosphere, radiation heating and cooling,          for those students who plan to major in
for varsity participation.                           precipitation, clouds, weather disturbances,        physics, mathematics or other fields of
                                                     climate controls, map readings and                  science requiring a more in-depth
   PE 295. Varsity Basketball Women IV. 2 hours      application of the scientific method in             introduction to physics. A calculus treatment
credit. Prerequisite: PE 277 with a C or better      analysis of the weather elements. The student       of the general principles of mechanics, heat
and selection by the head women’s basketball         will also produce written works as appropriate      and sound is offered in this course. There are
coach. This course is designed for advanced          to the discipline.                                  three single periods of lecture and two double
women’s collegiate basketball providing credit                                                           periods of laboratory per week.
for varsity participation.                              PH 130. Basic Physics 1. 5 hours credit.
                                                     Prerequisite: MA 120 with a C or better or              PH 252. Physics II. 5 credit hours.
   PE 296. Varsity Baseball IV. 2 hours credit.      equivalent. This course will enable the             Prerequisite: PH 251 and MA 152 with a C or
Prerequisite: PE 291 with a C or better and          student to approach physics with practical          better or concurrent enrollment in MA 152.
selection by the head baseball coach. This           applications. Force, work, rate, and                This course is a continuation of PH 251. The
course is designed for advanced men’s                momentum and resistance are taught in the           topics covered in this course are electricity,
collegiate baseball providing credit for varsity     course. Students are shown how these five           magnetism, light, and modern physics. There
participation.                                       concepts are applied to four energy systems –       will be three hours of lecture with four hours
                                                     mechanical, fluidal, electrical, and thermal.       of laboratory per week.
                                                     Students perform practical laboratory
                                                     experiments that relates each concept to the
                                                     four energy systems.




                                                                                                                      2009 - 2010 CATALOG 159
         WHERE power LIVES
   PH 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.      (PO) POLITICAL SCIENCE                                   (PS) PHYSICAL SCIENCE
Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.
                                                       PO 141. American Federal Government. 3 hours          PS 100. General Physical Science. 5 hours
Topics of specific interest to the student will     credit. This course will enable the student to        credit. Prerequisite: High school Algebra or
be developed. These topics will be established      apply knowledge of American politics to               MA 060 with a C or better. This course will
by student needs or requirements. Areas of          his/her life and the political system that            enable the student to gain a basic
specific needs will be pursued and                  affects individuals. The student will study           understanding of astronomy, meteorology,
instructional material that lends itself to         federalism, including the Constitution, civil         geology, chemistry and physics. There are
current trends or topics needed to                  liberties, political socialization, the media,        three hours of lecture/presentation periods
supplement normal classroom instruction             political parties, the branches of government         and three hours of laboratory time each week.
will be offered.                                    and foreign policy. The student will recognize
                                                    the concerns of diverse populations,                     PS 102. Physical Geology. 4 hours credit. This
         (PL) PHILOSOPHY                            relationships between the federal government          course will enable the student to explain
   PL 290. Philosophy I. 3 hours credit. This       and current events and how they impact                introductory material to geology in all aspects
course will enable the student to appraise the      his/her life.                                         including some historical concepts. The
philosophical concepts and arguments                                                                      student will explain the fundamentals of
contained in the commentaries and/or                    PO 142. State and Local Government. 3 hours       physical geology with an emphasis on the
selections from the works of various historical     credit. This course will enable the student to        plate tectonics explanation of such
and contemporary philosophers. The student          internalize facts related to state and local          phenomena as volcanism, earthquakes, and
will apply philosophical principles to              government, including constitutions, elections        mountain building. The student will explain
contemporary issues and synthesize the              and structure. The student will be able to            the importance of streams, weathering and
teachings of the philosophers into a coherent       recognize relationships between state and local       erosion, glaciation, and wave action in
set of principles that can guide personal           government and current events as well as the          shaping the land. The student will discuss
conduct and thought.                                concerns of diverse populations—including             minerals, rocks and natural resources.
                                                    citizenry, parties and interest groups.               Students will participate in laboratory work
   PL 291. Ethics. 3 hours credit. This course                                                            including identification of minerals and
will enable the student to appraise ethical            PO 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate        rocks, use of topographic and geologic maps,
concepts and arguments contained in the             education with on-the-job experience. See             and use and interpretation of aerial
commentaries or selections from the works of        Internships section of this catalog for a             photographs in geology. This course will meet
various historical and contemporary writers         complete description of these courses.                for three hours of lecture and two hours of
or in the televised, interactive dialogues of                                                             laboratory each week.
contemporary societal leaders which form the           PO 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative
basis of the telecourse. The student will apply     Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education        PS 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate
ethical principles to contemporary personal         with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative           education with on-the-job experience. See
and world issues and synthesize those ethical       Education section of this catalog for a               Internships section of this catalog for a
concepts and arguments into a coherent set of       complete description of these courses.                complete description of these courses.
principles that can guide personal conduct
and thought.                                           PO 201. International Relations. 3 hours credit.      PS 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative
                                                    This course will enable the student to analyze        Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education
   PL 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate      and synthesize concepts, patterns and trends          with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative
education with on-the-job experience. See           in modern international relations. The                Education section of this catalog for a
Internships section of this catalog for a           student will learn to evaluate competing              complete description of these courses.
complete description of these courses.              theories of international relations and to
                                                    interpret historical developments in                     PS 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
   PL 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative           international relations with emphasis on              Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.
Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education   events in the 20th and 21st centuries. Through        Topics of specific interest to the student will
with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative         the study of concepts and theories of                 be developed. These topics will be established
Education section of this catalog for a             international relations, the student will             by student needs or requirements. Areas of
complete description of these courses.              recognize, appreciate and differentiate among         specific needs will be pursued and
                                                    key issues relating to conflict and war,              instructional material that lends itself to
   PL 253/254. Special Topics - Philosophy. 3       international organization and law,                   current trends or topics needed to
hours credit. Prerequisite: Approval of             international political economy, North-South          supplement normal classroom instruction
division dean and instructor. Topics of             relations, and global resource management.            will be offered.
specific interest to the students will be
developed. Student’s needs or requirements             PO 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.                    (RD) READING
will establish these topics. Areas of specific      Topics of specific interest to the student will
                                                    be developed. These topics will be established           RD 009. Multisensory Reading and Spelling I. 1
needs will be pursued and instructional                                                                   hour credit. Prerequisite: Instructor
material that lends itself to current trends or     by the student’s needs or requirements. Areas
                                                                                                          approval. This course will enable the student
topics that are needed to supplement normal         of specific needs will be pursued and
                                                                                                          to develop reading and spelling skills by
classroom instruction will be offered.              instructional material that lends itself to
                                                                                                          applying strategies regarding reliable reading
                                                    current trends or topics that are needed to
                                                                                                          and spelling patterns and English language
                                                    supplement normal classroom instruction
                                                                                                          rules.
                                                    will be offered.



 160 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                             WHERE power LIVES
   RD 010. Multisensory Reading and Spelling II. 1       RG 191. Old Testament. 3 hours credit. This     (RR) REALTIME REPORTING
hour credit. Prerequisite: RD 009. This              course will enable the student to develop a
                                                                                                            RR 101. Realtime Reporting -Theory I. 6 hours
course will enable the student to further            critical perspective on the development of          credit. Prerequisites: EG 101 and BE 120 with
develop reading and spelling skills by               Judaism and its texts. To this end the student      a B or better. This course will enable the
applying strategies regarding reliable reading       will identify and analyze the various factors       student to use a computer-compatible steno
and spelling patterns and English language           that crucially impacted Judaism’s foundation        machine. The student will gain an
rules.                                               and historical development and the                  understanding of realtime reporting
                                                     development of its literature. The student will     information systems and communications
   RD 011. Basic Reading and Vocabulary Skills. 3    apply methods and resources to the biblical         technology. The student will develop the
hours credit. Prerequisite: A score at a pre-        texts and to the processes that produced them,      ability to write a conflict-free realtime
determined level on a reading placement              thus increasing comprehension both of the           translation theory on a computer-compatible
instrument.. Additional diagnostic testing           literature and of the religion it represents.       steno machine, utilizing proper punctuation
will be used to verify correct placement. This       Such methods and resources also increase            and grammar. The student will develop
course will enable the student to improve            comprehension of the historical set- ting and       reading and writing skills on literary material.
his/her phonemic awareness, word                     of the contemporary significance of those           Dictation practice will be required for
recognition skills, vocabulary, and reading          texts, to which end the student will examine        reinforcement of theory and for speed and
comprehension skills on the sentence,                how Judaism’s religious concepts are applied        accuracy development.
paragraph, and multi-paragraph level.                to and function in contemporary society.
                                                                                                             RR 102. Realtime Reporting -Theory II. 6 hours
   RD 012. Reading Fundamentals. 3 hours credit.        RG 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate      credit. Prerequisite: RR 101 with a C or better.
Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined            education with on-the-job experience. See           This course will enable the student to use a
level on a reading placement instrument              Internships section of this catalog for a           computer-compatible steno machine and
and/or completion of RD 011 with C or better.        complete description of these courses.              computer-assisted translation (CAT)
Additional diagnostic testing will be used to                                                            software. The student will gain an
verify correct placement in this courses. This          RG 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative           understanding of realtime reporting
course will enable the student to improve            Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education   information systems and communications
his/her word recognition techniques, reading         with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative         technology. The student will continue the
comprehension skills, and vocabulary.                Education section of this catalog for a             development of writing a conflict-free
                                                     complete description of these courses.              realtime translation theory on a computer-
   RD 114. Advancing Reading Skills. 3 hours                                                             compatible steno machine, utilizing proper
credit. Prerequisite: A score at a pre-                 RG 210. Comparative Religions. 3 hours credit.   punctuation and grammar. The student will
determined level on a reading placement              This course will enable the student to develop      develop a reading and writing skills on
instrument. This course will enable the              his or her historical understanding of seven of     literary, jury charge, and testimony material.
student to advance his/her reading and               the world’s major, living religions through         Dictation practice will be required for
vocabulary skills in the application,                his/her analysis of their origins and their         reinforcement of theory and for speed and
comprehension and interpretation of both             historical development. These seven                 accuracy development.
fiction and non-fiction texts.                       religions are Buddhism, Christianity,
                                                     Confucianism, Hinduism, Islam, Judaism and             RR 104. Realtime Reporting Lab 40/60. 3 hours
           (RG) RELIGION                             Shinto. The student will analyze the principal      credit. Prerequisites: RR 102 with a C or
                                                     and distinguishing features of these religions      better. This course will enable the student to
   RG 190. New Testament. 3 hours credit. This
course will enable the student to develop a          in terms of their primary customs, beliefs and      use the computer-compatible steno machine
critical perspective on the development of           practices, identifying the most outstanding         and computer-assisted translation (CAT)
Christianity and its texts. To this end the          characteristics of each of these religions.         software. The student will gain an
student will examine the various factors that                                                            understanding of realtime reporting
impacted Christianity’s foundation and                  RG 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.      information systems and communications
development through the 1st century CE. The          Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.      technology. The student will develop the
student will apply resources and methods to          Topics of specific interest to the student will     ability to write a conflict-free realtime
biblical texts that increase comprehension           be developed. These topics will be established      translation theory on a computer-compatible
both of the historical setting and the               by student needs or requirements. Areas of          steno machine, utilizing proper punctuation
contemporary significance of those texts with        specific needs will be pursued and                  and grammar. The student will develop
an examination of how the religion functions         instructional material that lends itself to         reading and writing skills on literary, jury
in contemporary society.                             current trends or topics needed to                  charge, and testimony material at 40 and 60
                                                     supplement normal classroom instruction             wpm with emphasis on high realtime
                                                     will be offered.                                    translation accuracy and speed development.




                                                                                                                       2009 - 2010 CATALOG 161
         WHERE power LIVES
   RR 200. Realtime Reporting Lab 80/100. 6 hours       RR 205. Realtime Reporting Technology. 1 hour      RR 230. Realtime Reporting Internship. 1 hour
credit. Prerequisite: RR 104 with a C or better.     credit. Prerequisite: RR 104 with a C or better.   credit. Prerequisites: RR 202 with a B or
This course will enable the student to continue      This course will enable the student to             better and RR 220 with a B or better. This
the development of conflict-free realtime            understand computer-aided transcription            course will enable the student to apply the
translation theory for writing on a computer-        (CAT) software and its terminology. The            skills and knowledge of realtime reporting in
compatible steno machine, utilizing proper           student will learn the basic operation of a CAT    real-life situations. The student will write on
punctuation and grammar. The student will            system and the use of system support. The          the steno writer for sustained periods of time.
develop reading and writing skills on literary,      student will enhance personal application of       The student will produce a complete and
jury charge, and two-voice testimony material at     computer functions by dictionary                   accurate transcript of the proceedings for
80 and 100 wpm with emphasis on high realtime        management and production of transcripts.          educational and grading purposes only and
translation accuracy and speed development.                                                             shall not be sold. The student shall not serve
                                                        RR 206. Realtime Reporting Multi-Voice          in the capacity of an actual realtime reporter
   RR 201. Realtime Reporting Lab 120/140. 6         Dictation. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: RR 202    during participation in this internship.
hours credit. Prerequisite: RR 200 with a B or       or VR 202 with a B or better. This course will     Through this experience, the student will
better. This course will enable the student to       enable the student to continue the                 identify his/her strengths and weaknesses as
continue the development of conflict-free            development of conflict-free realtime              a realtime reporting information systems
realtime translation theory for writing on a         translation theory, utilizing proper               professional. National Court Reporters
computer-compatible steno machine,                   punctuation and grammar. The student will          Association (NCRA) standards will be
utilizing proper punctuation and grammar.            develop reading and writing skills on multi-       followed for this internship.
The student will develop reading and writing         voice material at 200 wpm and greater with
skills on literary, jury charge, and two-voice       emphasis on high realtime translation                  RR 241. Realtime Reporting–Dictionary Building
testimony material at 120 and 140 wpm with           accuracy and speed development.                    I. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: RR 101 and RR
emphasis on high realtime translation                                                                   102 with a C or better. This course will enable
accuracy and speed development.                                                                         the student to add 15,377 words to his/her
                                                        RR 210. Realtime Reporting - RPR Exam Prep. 3
    RR 202. Realtime Reporting Lab 160/180. 6        hours credit. Prerequisite: RR 202 or VR 202       Computer-Aided Transcription (CAT)
hours credit. Prerequisite: RR 201 with a B or       with a B or better. This course will enable the    dictionary in the following categories: legal
better. This course will enable the student to       student to continue the development of             terms, names, and gear up (prefixes, suffixes,
continue the development of conflict-free            conflict-free realtime translation theory for      homophones, homonyms, and hyphenated
realtime translation theory for writing on a         writing on a computer-compatible steno             words). The student’s ability to write a
computer-compatible steno machine, utilizing         machine, utilizing proper punctuation and          conflict-free stenographic theory on a
proper punctuation and grammar. The student          grammar. The student will develop writing          computer-compatible steno machine will be
will develop reading and writing skills on           skills on literary material at 180 wpm, jury       enhanced.
literary, jury charge, and multi-voice               charge material at 200 wpm, and testimony
testimony material at 160 and 180 wpm with           material at 225 wpm with emphasis on high               RR 242. Realtime Reporting–Dictionary Building
emphasis on high realtime translation                realtime translation accuracy and speed            II. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: RR 101 and RR
accuracy and speed development.                      development. The student will also develop         102 with a C or better. This course will enable
                                                     written knowledge skills in court reporting,       the student to add 15,000 words to his/her
   RR 203. Realtime Reporting Lab 200/225. 5         transcript production, operating practices,        Computer-Aided Transcription (CAT)
hours credit. Prerequisite: RR 202 with a B or       professional issues, and continuing education      dictionary in the following categories: food
better. This course will enable the student to       necessary to sit for the Kansas CCR (Certified     and health, business and finance, geography,
continue the development of conflict-free            Court Reporter) and National Court Reporters       and for fun (fun-related words). The student’s
realtime translation theory for writing on a         Association RPR (Registered Professional           ability to write a conflict-free stenographic
computer-compatible steno machine, utilizing         Reporter) exams.                                   theory on a computer-compatible steno
proper punctuation and grammar. The student                                                             machine will be enhanced.
will develop reading and writing skills on jury         RR 220. Realtime Reporting Procedures. 3
charge and multi-voice testimony material at         hours credit. Prerequisite: RR 201 with a B or          RR 243. Realtime Reporting–Dictionary Building
200 and 225 wpm with emphasis on high                better. This course will enable the student to     III. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: RR 101 and RR
realtime translation accuracy and speed              apply the professional procedures and legal        102 with a C or better. This course will enable
development. The student will also develop a         and ethical responsibilities of a realtime         the student to add 14,000 words to his/her
thorough understanding of the ethical                reporter. The student will identify the laws of    Computer-Aided Transcription (CAT)
considerations of realtime reporting.                the State of Kansas that govern realtime           dictionary in the following categories:
                                                     professionals.                                     animals and plants, around the house (name
    RR 204. Realtime Reporting/ Speedbuilding Lab.                                                      brands of appliances and household goods),
3 hours credit. Prerequisites: RR 102 with a B                                                          environment and space, and politics. The
or better. This course will enable the student                                                          student’s ability to write a conflict-free
to increase his/her speed by at least 10 wpm                                                            stenographic theory on a computer-
and accuracy by applying disciplined practice                                                           compatible steno machine will be enhanced.
on a steno machine through online dictation.
The instructor will evaluate baseline skills and
establish individualized learning objectives.
Successful completion of this course is
measured by an increase in speed as well as a
consistent accuracy level of 95%.


 162 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                             WHERE power LIVES
    RR 244. Realtime Reporting–Dictionary Building             (SP) SPEECH                                  SP 108. Signing Exact English Level I. 2 hours
IV. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: RR 101 and RR
102 with a C or better. This course will enable
                                                             COMMUNICATION                               credit. The course is designed to provide
                                                                                                         students a basic foundation of sign language
                                                        SP 100. Public Speaking. 3 hours credit. This    and fingerspelling utilizing the Signing Exact
the student to add 15,100 words to his/her           course will enable the student to
Computer-Aided Transcription (CAT)                                                                       English (SEE) approach to manual language.
                                                     communicate effectively in a variety of public
dictionary in the following categories:              speaking venues, utilizing nonverbal as well as        SP 109. Signing Exact English Level II. 2 hours
entertainment, world (foreign words used in          verbal skills. The student will be able to          credit. Prerequisite: SP 108. Students who
the English language), and jump back (words          critically assess information on both a verbal      have acquired Signing Exact English (SEE)
used in history). The student’s ability to write     and research level. This course will enable the     Level I at another facility may enroll providing
a conflict-free stenographic theory on a             student to recognize the importance of self         their skills and vocabulary are equivalent to
computer-compatible steno machine will be            concept in oral communication, to interview         SP108. This course will enable the student to
enhanced.                                            effectively and to work in groups confidently.      effectively communicate using an
                                                                                                         intermediate level of SEE, manual language,
                                                         SP 102. Interpersonal Communication. 3 hours    and fingerspelling. This course engages the
    RR 245. Realtime Reporting–Dictionary Building                                                       student in refining expressive and receptive
                                                     credit. Dyadic interpersonal communication
V. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite: RR 101 and RR       and small group communication will be the           skills in communicating with the deaf and
102 with a C or better. This course will enable      concern of this course. The nature and structure    hearing impaired in the community, on the
the student to add 15,500 words to his/her           of interpersonal communication, perspectives,       job, or in the classroom.
Computer-Aided Transcription (CAT)                   self, and message systems will be studied. The
dictionary in the following categories: media,                                                              SP 110. Oral Interpretation of Literature. 3
                                                     student will be involved in communication
                                                                                                         hours credit. This course will enable the
sports, and advanced vocabulary. The                 exercises, projects and discussions.
                                                                                                         student to effectively interpret, analyze, and
student’s ability to write a conflict-free                                                               orally perform works of poetry, prose, fiction,
stenographic theory on a computer-                      SP 104. Fundamentals of Public Speaking. 3
                                                                                                         non-fiction, and drama.
compatible steno machine will be enhanced.           hours credit. Prerequisite: This course is
                                                     only open to active duty, Air Force, Air               SP 116. American English Pronunciation I. 1 hour
                                                     National Guard, and Air Force Reserve               credit. A systematic approach to American
        (SM) SHEET METAL                             members. Course encompasses both theory             English pronunciation for ESL students,
   SM 120 Pattern Design I. 4 hours credit. This     and practice of communicating with others           utilizing phonics, sentence intonation, syllabic
course will enable the student to understand         and includes research; composition;                 stress, and articulation instruction.
and apply basic knowledge of pattern design.         organization; and delivery of speeches for             SP 117. American English Pronunciation II. 1
Included in the curriculum are three basic           various purposes and occasions.                     hour credit. Prerequisite: SP 116 with a C or
forms of pattern development.                                                                            better. A continuation of additional
                                                        SP 105. Advanced Public Speaking. Persuasive.    phoneme instruction, phrasing in oral and
                                                     1 hour credit. Prerequisite: SP 100 with a C or
     (SC) SOCIAL SCIENCE                             better. This course will enable the student to
                                                                                                         written language, compound word stress,
   SC 120. Principles of Geography. 3 hours                                                              linking and blending.
                                                     confidently and effectively present persuasive
credit. This course will enable the student to       business and professional presentations in a           SP 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate
locate geographic places in a global context         variety of public speaking venues for               education with on-the-job experience. See
including countries, cities, landforms and           community audiences. The student will               Internships section of this catalog for a
bodies of water. The student will internalize        engage in critical evaluation of public             complete description of these courses.
the economic, political and cultural                 speakers, in audience analysis strategies and          SP 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative
relationships between geography and people.          in research strategies for individual               Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education
                                                     presentations and/or group presentations.           with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative
   SC 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate                                                           Education section of this catalog for a
                                                        SP 106. Advanced Public Speaking. Informative.   complete description of these courses.
education with on-the-job experience. See            1 hour credit. Prerequisite: SP 100 with a C or
Internships section of this catalog for a            better. This course will enable the student to         SP 205. Signing Exact English (SEE) Level III. 2
complete description of these courses.               confidently and effectively present                 hours credit. Prerequisite: SP 108 and SP 109
                                                     informative business and professional               with a C or better. This course will enable the
   SC 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative            presentations in a variety of public speaking       student to practice advanced beginners’ skills
Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education    venues for community audiences. The student         in signing and receptive skills in the
with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative          will engage in critical evaluation of public        workplace, home, school, and the community.
Education section of this catalog for a              speakers, in audience analysis strategies, and      The student will build relationships with the
complete description of these courses.               in research strategies for individual and group     Deaf and hard-of-hearing community in
                                                     informative presentations.                          order to enhance his/her awareness and
                                                                                                         appreciation of the value of diversity.
   SC 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
                                                        SP 107. Advanced Public Speaking. Teams. 1          SP 216. American English Pronunciation III. 1
Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.
                                                     hour credit. Prerequisite: SP 100 with a C or       hour credit. Prerequisite: SP 116 and
Topics of specific interest to the student will      better. This course will enable the student to
be developed. These topics will be established                                                           SP 117 with a C or better. A continuation of
                                                     confidently and effectively present team            additional phoneme instruction, question
by student needs or requirements. Areas of           business and professional presentations in a
specific needs will be pursued and                                                                       intonation, Schwa vowel usage, typical
                                                     variety of public speaking venues for               syllabic reductions, and review of all
instructional material that lends itself to          community audiences. The student will               material presented.
current trends or topics needed to                   engage in critical evaluation of public
supplement normal classroom instruction              speakers, in audience analysis strategies and
will be offered.                                     in research strategies for individual
                                                     presentations and/or group presentations.


                                                                                                                       2009 - 2010 CATALOG 163
        WHERE power LIVES
   SP 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.       SR 210. Advanced GIS/GPS. 3 hours credit.          SW 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.    Prerequisite: SR 110 with a C or better. This      Prerequisite: Approval of Behavior Science
Topics of specific interest to the student will   course will enable the student to understand       Department dean, lead faculty and instructor.
be developed. These topics will be established    and demonstrate advanced spatial referencing       Topics of specific interest to the student will
by student needs or requirements. Areas of        concepts, Geographic Information Systems           be developed. These topics will be established
specific needs will be pursued and                (GIS) and Global Positioning Systems (GPS).        by the student’s needs or requirements. Areas
instructional material that lends itself to                                                          of specific needs will be pursued and
current trends or topics needed to                   SR 220. Boundary Control. 3 hours credit.       instructional material that lends itself to
supplement normal classroom instruction           This course will enable the student to             current trends or topics that are needed to
will be offered.                                  understand the concepts of boundary control        supplement normal classroom instruction
                                                  and legal principles. The student will learn       will be offered.
         (SR) SURVEYING                           about proportionate measurement, rights in
                                                                                                            (TA) THEATRE ARTS
                                                  land, junior/senior title rights, retracement of
   SR 104. Introduction to Surveying. 3 hours
credit. Prerequisite: High school level           original surveys, deed first/survey first,            TA 110. Acting I. 3 hours credit. This course
                                                  common and case law, ranking/prioritizing          will enable the student to find an approach to
geometry and trigonometry recommended.
                                                  evidence, controlling monuments and                building a theatrical character with a method
This course will enable the student to use
                                                  corners, errors in legal descriptions and plats    suited to his/her particular skills and
basic surveying equipment, record notes, and
                                                  as well as case studies.                           individual knowledge. The student will be
use measurement and mapping techniques.
                                                                                                     able to make informed choices drawn from
                                                     SR 222. Survey Law. 3 hours credit.             personal life experience to apply to the
   SR 110. Introduction to GIS/GPS. 3 hours
                                                  Prerequisite: SR 204 with a C or better. This      craft/art of acting.
credit. Prerequisite: A score at a pre-
determined level in numerical skills on a         course will enable the student to interpret
placement instrument. Proficiency in basic        land descriptions, identify land parcels, and         TA 112. Acting II. 3 hours credit. Prerequisite:
                                                  understand legal principles of boundary            TA 110 with a C or better. This course will
keyboarding and computer skills in Word,
                                                  locations within the United States land survey     enable the student to build a body of theatrical
Internet research, spread sheets, and
                                                  system.                                            material that will be suitable for use in
databases is highly recommended. This
                                                                                                     auditioning in the amateur, semi-
course will enable the student to understand
                                                     SR 224. Legal Descriptions. 2 hours credit.     professional, and professional theatrical
spatial referencing concepts, Geographic
                                                  Prerequisite: EG 112 with a C or better. This      arenas. Additionally, the student will be able
Information Systems (GIS) and Global
                                                  course will enable the student to understand       to approach performances of different genres
Positioning Systems (GPS). The student will
                                                  how to write real property legal descriptions      and styles with informed choices.
be introduced to GIS/GPS receivers and
GIS/GPS software systems that are used to         for deeds, easements, and right-of-way. The
collect, correct, map, and analyze geospatial     student will learn the structure and order of         TA 120. History of American Cinema: Film
data.                                             the elements in the description and avoid the      Appreciation. 3 hours credit. This course will
                                                  common mistakes of language, construction,         enable the to student to develop a broad
                                                  and terminology in order to deal with              appreciation, insight and analytical
   SR 112. Subdivision Planning and Design. 3
                                                  conflicts and ambiguities in the intent of the     understanding of motion pictures as one of
hours credit. Prerequisites: SR 204 and MA
                                                  instrument.                                        the dominant art forms of the 20th century.
140 with a C or better. This course will enable
                                                                                                     The student will be introduced to the history,
the student to understand the physical
                                                      SR 226. Route Surveying. 3 hours credit.       vocabulary, principles, techniques and
elements of designing land subdivisions
                                                  Prerequisites: MA 140 and SR 204 with a C or       influences on the cinematic arts.
including traffic circulation, sewer and
drainage systems, soils and earthwork,            better. This course will enable the student to
grading considerations, erosion control, lot      address conventional and technological                 TA 125. Stagecraft. 3 hours credit. This
and block arrangement, topography and             methods of route determinations for                course will enable the student in the handling
existing land use factors, and geometric          highways, pipelines, railroad, airports, and       of scenery, costumes, make-up, lighting, and
analysis. The student will also learn about       waterways. The student will learn about, in        properties. Additionally, the student will be
laws and codes affecting land subdivisions,       depth, aerial photo methods, curves of all         able to read and discuss a play script in terms
environmental considerations and site             types, highway safety, earthwork and a variety     of the technical aspects from inception to
analysis procedures.                              of layout methods.                                 completion.


    SR 204. Surveying II. 3 hours credit.               (SW) SOCIAL WORK                                TA 127. Stage Makeup. 3 hours credit. In this
Prerequisite: SR 104 with a C or better or                                                           course, the student will study the theory and
                                                     SW 102. Introduction to Social Work. 3 hours
instructor approval. This course will enable                                                         application of theatrical makeup. Students
                                                  credit. This course will enable the student to
the student to understand more advanced                                                              will explore facial analysis, character
                                                  explore social work as a helping profession.
methods of surveying and prepares the                                                                description, environmental, and hereditary
                                                  The student will be able to examine the
student for more advanced surveying courses.                                                         influences.
                                                  development of social work as a profession as
The student will learn about contour maps         well as the knowledge and skills used by social
and plans, cadastral surveying, traversing,       workers.                                              TA 131. Children’s Theatre. 3 hours credit. This
latitudes and departures, balancing angles,                                                          course will enable the student to heighten
and electronic distance measurement                                                                  his/her awareness of children’s literature and
characteristics.                                                                                     gain proficiency in performing live theatre in
                                                                                                     front of an elementary school audience.



 164 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE
                                                                                                           WHERE power LIVES
   TA 151. Theatre Practicum I. 1 hour credit.         TA 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.        VR 204. Voice Reporting CVR Exam Prep. 6
Designed for students actively participating in     Prerequisite: Approval of dean and instructor.     hours credit. Prerequisite: VR 203 with a B or
theatre production. The student must be             Topics of specific interest to the student will    better. This course will enable the student to
involved in acting or backstage work which          be developed. These topics will be established     continue the development of realtime voice
results in a public performance by the Butler       by student needs or requirements. Areas of         recognition computer-aided transcription
Theatre Department. Admission only upon             specific needs will be pursued and                 (CAT), utilizing proper punctuation and
consent of the instructor.                          instructional material that lends itself to        grammar. The student will develop reading
                                                    current trends or topics needed to                 and writing skills on literary material at 200
   TA 152. Theatre Practicum II. 1 hour credit.     supplement normal classroom instruction            wpm, jury charge material at 225 wpm, and
Prerequisite: TA 151 with a C or better.            will be offered.                                   two-voice testimony material at 250 wpm with
Continuation of TA 151.                                                                                emphasis on high realtime translation
                                                       (VR) VOICE REPORTING                            accuracy and speed development.
   TA 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate         VR 101. Voice Reporting Technology. 6 hours
education with on-the-job experience. See           credit. This course will enable the student to                (WE) WELDING
Internships section of this catalog for a           understand voice recognition software and its         WE 111 Welding Survey. 3 hours credit.
complete description of these courses.              terminology. The student will learn the basic      Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined
                                                    operation of the voice writing system and its      level in reading, writing, and math on a
   TA 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative           use with computer-aided transcription (CAT).       placement instrument. This course will
Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education                                                      enable the student to develop skill in the
with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative            VR 201. Voice Reporting Lab 120/140. 6 hours    fundamentals of arc welding through theory
Education section of this catalog for a             credit. Prerequisite: VR 101 with a B or better.   and practice. The student will weld in several
complete description of these courses.              This course will enable the student to             positions using “70” series classification
                                                    continue the development of realtime voice         electrodes. Safety practices will be
    TA 206. Introduction to Theatre Art. 3 hours    recognition computer-aided transcription           emphasized.
credit. This course will enable the student to      (CAT), utilizing proper punctuation and
identify the basic elements common to all           grammar. The student will develop reading             WE 112. Oxy-Fuel Gas Welding. 2 hours credit.
theatre. The student will be able to make           and writing skills on literary, jury charge, and   Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined
appropriate written and/or spoken criticism         two-voice testimony material at 120 and 140        level in reading, writing, and math on a
of the value and merit of individual examples       wpm with emphasis on high realtime                 placement. This course will enable the
of theatrical performance according to the          translation accuracy and speed development.        student to recognize and apply proper
critical standards presented in the courses.                                                           fundamentals of Oxy-Fuel welding. The
The student will be able to read and discuss a         VR 202. Voice Reporting Lab 160/180. 6 hours    student will learn about and practice with
play script in terms of its theatrical merit,       credit. Prerequisite: VR 201 with a B or better.   oxyacetylene welding equipment as well as
demands, and potential as a piece of theatrical     This course will enable the student to             practice with brazing and soldering. Safety
performance according to the script analysis        continue the development of realtime voice         practices are covered when working with
principles presented in the course. The             recognition computer-aided transcription           welding equipment.
student will be able to identify and define         (CAT), utilizing proper punctuation and
distinguishing elements and characteristics of      grammar. The student will develop reading             WE 113. Cutting Operations. 2 hours credit.
theatrical art as it was presented in the major     and writing skills on literary, jury charge, and   Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined
historical periods of theater as surveyed in the    two-voice testimony material at 160 and 180        level in reading, writing, and math on a
course. Additionally, the student will be able      wpm with emphasis on high realtime                 placement instrument. This course will
to identify and discuss briefly the elements        translation accuracy and speed development.        enable the student to recognize and apply
and principles involved in the practice of the                                                         proper fundamentals of various cutting
various component activities in theatrical art                                                         processes. The student will learn theory and
                                                       VR 203. Voice Reporting Lab 200/225. 5 hours
including theatre architecture, production,         credit. Prerequisite: VR 202 with a B or better.   will practice modern cutting methods,
direction, acting, scenic design, costume           This course will enable the student to             including oxyacetylene cutting, plasma
design, lighting design, makeup, sound, and         continue the development of realtime voice         cutting, carbon arc cutting, and shape cutting.
multimedia.                                         recognition computer-aided transcription           Cutting safety will be emphasized.
                                                    (CAT), utilizing proper punctuation and
   TA 250. Theatre Practicum III. 1 hour credit.    grammar. The student will develop reading              WE 114. Welding Methods. 2 hours credit.
Prerequisite: TA 152 with a C or better. A          and writing skills on literary and jury charge     Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined
continuation of TA 152.                             material at 200 wpm, and two-voice                 level in reading, writing, and math on a
                                                    testimony material at 225 wpm with emphasis        placement instrument. This course will
   TA 251. Theatre Practicum IV. 1 hour credit.     on high realtime translation accuracy and          enable the student to perform arc welding of
Prerequisite: TA 250 with a C or better. A          speed development.                                 fillet welds in all positions using the Shielded
continuation of TA 250.                                                                                Arc Welding process. The student will also
                                                                                                       study comparative tests of operators and cover
                                                                                                       research in modern welding practices. Safety
                                                                                                       practices are emphasized.




                                                                                                                    2009 - 2010 CATALOG 165
         WHERE power LIVES
    WE 116. Shielded Arc Welding. 3 hours credit.      WE 193, 194. Internship I and II. Integrate         WE 216. Welding Problems Capstone. 2 hours
Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined           education with on-the-job experience. See           credit. Prerequisite: WE 112, WE 113, WE 114,
level in reading, writing, and math on a            Internships section of this catalog for a           WE 116, WE 121, and WE 215 with a C or
placement instrument. This course will              complete description of these courses.              better. This course will enable the student to
enable the student to recognize and apply                                                               apply skills, procedures and processes
proper fundamentals of shielded arc metal              WE 197, 198, 297, and 298. Cooperative           learned throughout welding program
welding. The student will weld steel in all         Education I, II, III, and IV. Integrate education   coursework. The student will also explore
positions with several types of electrodes,         with on-the-job experience. See Cooperative         special welding processes in both ferrous and
emphasizing fundamentals and procedure.             Education section of this catalog for a             nonferrous applications. Safety practices are
Safety when working with welding equipment          complete description of these courses.              emphasized.
is emphasized.
                                                       WE 212. Automatic Arc and Inert Gas Welding. 2      WE 219 Gas Metal Arc (Mig). 2 hours credit.
   WE 119. Blueprint Reading (Welding). 3 hours     hours credit. Prerequisite: A score at a pre-       Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined
credit. Prerequisite: A score at a pre-             determined level in reading, writing, and           level in reading, writing, and math on a
determined level in reading, writing, and           math on a placement. This course will enable        placement instrument. This course will
math on a placement. This course will enable        the student to develop proficiency in the gas       enable the student to weld aluminum and
the student to interpret drawing at a               shielded metal arc semiautomatic welding            steel by the gas metal arc process. The student
fundamental level as applied to the welding         process, emphasizing the use of .035 and .045       will study setup, operation, and maintenance
trade. Emphasis will be placed on developing        size solid core wire to weld basic steel joints     of semi-automatic welding equipment as well
the student’s ability to interpret blueprints       in all applicable positions. Safety practices are   as inert gases, joint design and electrode
and learn symbols from which the welder             emphasized.                                         selection, as well as inner shield and
must work.                                                                                              submerged arc processes. Safety practices are
                                                        WE 213. Welding and Pipe Fitting. 2 hours       emphasized.
   WE 121. Fundamentals of Welding. 3 hours         credit. Prerequisite: WE 116 with a C or
credit. Prerequisite: A score at a pre-             better. A score at a pre-determined level in           WE 220. Metallurgy. 3 hours credit.
determined level in reading, writing, and           reading, writing, and math on a placement           Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined
math on a placement. This course will enable        instrument. This course will enable the             level in reading, writing, and math on a
the student to recognize and apply proper           student to develop proficiency in welding and       placement instrument. This course will
techniques at a fundamental level of shielded       pipe fitting, as well as expose the student to      enable the student to develop basic metallurgy
metal arc welding and gas metal arc welding,        cutting, beveling, preparation, and fit-up of       skills with both ferrous and non-ferrous
emphasizing welding various gauges of sheet         pipe prior to the welding process. The student      metals. The student will explore properties of
metal. Safety practices are emphasized.             will learn various procedures of pipe welding,      metals, hardness testing, heat treating,
                                                    as well as cutting, beveling, preparation and       quenching, annealing, normalizing,
   WE 122. Fundamentals of Welding II. 3 hours      fit-up of pipe prior to the welding process.        tempering and surface hardening.
credit. Prerequisite: A score at a pre-             The student will also be exposed to pipe
determined level in reading, writing, and           saddling and fitting. Safety practices will be         WE 253/254. Special Topics. 3 hours credit.
math on a placement and at least one of the         emphasized.                                         Prerequisites: WE 116 or WE 121 with a C or
following: WE 121 with a C or better or WE 116                                                          better and approval of dean and instructor.
with a C or better or instructor approval. This        WE 215 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding. 3 hours         Topics of specific interest to the student will
course will enable the student to continue to       credit. Prerequisite: A score at a pre-             be developed. These topics will be established
develop proficiency in the fundamentals of          determined level in reading, writing, and           by student needs or requirements. Areas of
shielded metal arc welding and gas metal arc        math on a placement instrument. This course         specific needs will be pursued and
welding, emphasizing various thicknesses of         will enable the student to develop proficiency      instructional material that lends itself to
steel plate as well as the proper selection and     in gas tungsten arc welding fundamentals.           current trends or topics needed to
preparation of applicable welding joints.           The student will study fundamentals of              supplement normal classroom instruction
Safety practices are emphasized.                    welding steel and aluminum in various               will be offered.
                                                    positions with the gas tungsten arc process, as
   WE 150. Industrial Welding. 6 hours credit.      well as prepare metals prior to the welding
Prerequisite: A score at a pre-determined           process. Safety practices are emphasized.
level on a placement instrument. This course
will enable the student to acquire skills and
knowledge of Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW)
procedures, blueprint reading, and cutting
operations within a short-term, industrial-
based format. Weld test and job search
procedures, as applied to the industry, are an
integral component of the curriculum.




 166 BUTLER COMMUNITY COLLEGE

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Tags:
Stats:
views:28
posted:8/2/2011
language:English
pages:62